edexcel nvq/competence-based qualifications · pdf fileedexcel nvq/competence-based...
TRANSCRIPT
Specification
Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF)
First registration March 2011
Edexcel NVQ/competence-based qualifications
Edexcel, a Pearson company, is the UK’s largest awarding organisation offering vocational and academic qualifications and testing, to employers, training providers, colleges, schools, and other places of learning in the UK, and in over 85 countries worldwide. Our specialist suite of qualifications include NVQs, Apprenticeships, WorkSkills, Functional Skills, Foundation Learning, as well as our exclusive range of BTECs, from entry level right through to Higher National Diplomas. References to third party material made in this specification are made in good faith. Edexcel does not endorse, approve or accept responsibility for the content of materials, which may be subject to change, or any opinions expressed therein. (Material may include textbooks, journals, magazines and other publications and websites.) Authorised by Martin Stretton Prepared by Andres Vergara Publications Code N026808 All the material in this publication is copyright © Pearson Education Limited 2011
Contents
Qualification title covered by this specification 1
Key features of the Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) 2
What is the purpose of this qualification? 2
Who is this qualification for? 2
What are the benefits of this qualification to the learner and employer? 2
What are the potential job areas for those working towards this qualification? 2
What progression opportunities are available to learners who achieve this qualification? 3
What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF)? 4
How is the qualification graded and assessed? 6
Assessment Strategy 6
Types of evidence (to be read in conjunction with the Assessment Strategy in Annexe D) 7
Additional Requirements 8
Centre recognition and approval 9
Centre recognition 9
Approvals agreement 9
Quality assurance 9
What resources are required? 9
Unit format 10
Units 11
Unit 1: Complying with statutory regulations and organisational safety requirements 13
Unit 2: Using and interpreting engineering data and documentation 21
Unit 3: Working efficiently and effectively in engineering 31
Unit 4: Marking out wood and composite materials 39
Unit 5: Producing components using woodworking machines 47
Unit 6: Producing and finishing components using woodworking hand tools 57
Unit 7: Carrying out wood turning operations 67
Unit 8: Assembling engineering woodwork 75
Unit 9: Applying surface finishes to woodwork components and structures 83
Unit 10: Installing woodwork structures, furniture and fittings 93
Unit 11: Marking out pattern, corebox or model components 103
Unit 12: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using woodworking machines 113
Unit 13: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using metalworking machines 121
Unit 14: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using woodworking hand tools 131
Unit 15: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using hand-fitting techniques 139
Unit 16: Producing pattern, corebox or model components by FRP moulding 149
Unit 17: Assembling wood/composite pattern, corebox or model components 161
Unit 18: Assembling metal pattern, corebox or model components 171
Unit 19: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using cast resin techniques 179
Unit 20: Proving patterns, coreboxes or models 189
Unit 21: Setting CNC machine tools for operation 197
Unit 22: Programming CNC machines to produce pattern or model components 211
Unit 23: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using NC/CNC machines 221
Unit 24: Producing components by rapid prototyping techniques 231
Unit 25: Modifying and repairing pattern, corebox or model equipment 241
Unit 26: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using flexible composite materials 251
Further information 259
Useful publications 259
How to obtain National Occupational Standards 259
Professional development and training 260
Annexe A: Progression pathways 261
The Edexcel qualification framework for the engineering sector 261
Annexe B: Quality assurance 267
Key principles of quality assurance 267
Quality assurance processes 267
Annexe C: Centre certification and registration 269
What are the access arrangements and special considerations for the qualification in this specification? 269
Annexe D: Assessment Strategy 271
Annexe E: Additional requirement for qualifications that use the term ‘NVQ’ in a QCF qualification title 283
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
1
Qual
ific
atio
n t
itle
cov
ered
by
this
spec
ific
atio
n
This
spec
ific
atio
n g
ives
you t
he
info
rmation y
ou n
eed t
o o
ffer
the
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in E
ngin
eering W
oodw
ork
ing,
Patt
ern a
nd M
odel
Mak
ing (
QC
F):
Qu
alifi
cati
on
tit
le
Qu
alifi
cati
on
N
um
ber
(QN
) A
ccre
dit
ati
on
st
art
date
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering W
oodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
M
akin
g (
QCF)
600/0
716/3
01/0
3/2
011
This
qual
ific
atio
n h
as
bee
n a
ccre
dited
within
the
Qual
ific
ations
and C
redit F
ram
ework
(Q
CF)
and is
elig
ible
for
public
fundin
g a
s det
erm
ined
by
the
Dep
artm
ent
for
Educa
tion (
DfE
) under
Sec
tions
96 a
nd 9
7 o
f th
e Le
arnin
g a
nd S
kills
Act
2000.
The
qual
ific
atio
n t
itle
lis
ted a
bove
fea
ture
s in
the
fundin
g lis
ts p
ublis
hed
annual
ly b
y th
e D
fE a
nd t
he
regula
rly
updat
ed w
ebsi
te.
It w
ill a
lso a
ppea
r on t
he
Learn
ing A
ims
Dat
abas
e (L
AD
), w
her
e re
leva
nt.
You s
hould
use
the
QCF
Qualif
icat
ion N
um
ber
(Q
N),
when
you w
ish t
o s
eek
public
fundin
g f
or
your
lear
ner
s. E
ach
unit w
ithin
a
qual
ific
ation w
ill a
lso h
ave
a u
niq
ue
QC
F re
fere
nce
num
ber
, w
hic
h is
liste
d in t
his
spec
ific
ation.
The
QCF
qual
ific
atio
n t
itle
and u
nit r
efer
ence
num
ber
s w
ill a
ppea
r on t
he
lear
ner
’s f
inal
cer
tifica
tion d
ocu
men
t. L
earn
ers
nee
d t
o
be
made
aw
are
of th
is w
hen
they
are
rec
ruited
by
the
centr
e an
d r
egis
tere
d w
ith E
dex
cel.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
2
Key features of the Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF)
This qualification: is nationally recognised is based on the Semta National Occupational Standards (NOS). The NOS,
Assessment Strategy and qualification structure are owned by Semta.
The Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) has been approved as a component for the Semta Advanced Apprenticeship framework.
What is the purpose of this qualification?
This qualification is appropriate for employees in the engineering sector working across a broad range of areas. It is designed to assess occupational competence in the workplace where learners are required to demonstrate skills and knowledge to a level required in the engineering sector.
Who is this qualification for?
This qualification is for all learners aged 16 and above who are capable of reaching the required standards. Edexcel’s policy is that the qualification should: be free from any barriers that restrict access and progression ensure equality of opportunity for all wishing to access the qualification.
What are the benefits of this qualification to the learner and employer?
This qualification allows learners to demonstrate competence against National Occupational Standards which are based on the needs of the engineering sector as defined by Semta, the Sector Skills Council. As such it contributes to the development of skilled labour in the sector. The qualification may contribute towards the competence element of an Apprenticeship.
What are the potential job areas for those working towards this qualification?
engineering woodworking pattern production and modification corebox production and modification full-size and scale-model production and modification
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
3
What progression opportunities are available to learners who achieve this qualification?
This qualification allows learners to demonstrate competence in engineering woodworking, pattern and model making at a level required by the engineering industry. Learners can progress up the level and size of the engineering competence and knowledge qualifications and into other occupational areas such as team leading and management. Further information is available in Annexe A.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
4
What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF)?
Individual units can be found in the Units section. The QCF level and credit value are given on the first page of each unit. To achieve the Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) learners must complete a minimum of 106 credits. Learners must complete all mandatory units in Group A (15 credits) and then choose one of the following pathways: Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making — Engineering Woodworking (QCF) Learners must complete all the units in Group B1 and a minimum of two units in Group B2, for a minimum total of 211 credits. Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making — Pattern/Model Making (QCF) Learners must complete a minimum of three units in Group C1, for a minimum total of 91 credits. A Mandatory units Learners must complete all the units in Group A. A/601/5013 — Complying with statutory regulations and organisational safety requirements Y/601/5102 — Using and interpreting engineering data and documentation K/601/5055 — Working efficiently and effectively in engineering B Engineering Woodworking Learners must complete all the units in Group B1 and a minimum of two units in Group B2. C Mandatory units Learners must complete all the units in Group B1. D/502/9315 — Marking out wood and composite materials K/502/9317 — Producing components using woodworking machines T/502/9319 — Producing and finishing components using woodworking hand tools
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
5
B2 Optional units Learners must complete a minimum of two units in Group B2. K/502/9320 — Carrying out wood turning operations M/502/9321 — Assembling engineering woodwork T/502/9322 — Applying surface finishes to woodwork components and structures A/502/9323 — Installing woodwork structures, furniture and fittings C Pattern/Model Making Learners must complete a minimum of three units in Group C1. C1 Optional units F/502/9324 — Marking out pattern, corebox or model components J/502/9325 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components using woodworking machines L/502/9326 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components using metalworking machines A/502/9340 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components using woodworking hand tools R/502/9327 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components using hand-fitting techniques Y/502/9328 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components by FRP moulding D/502/9329 — Assembling wood/composite pattern, corebox or model components R/502/9330 — Assembling metal pattern, corebox or model components Y/502/9331 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components using cast resin techniques D/502/9332 — Proving patterns, coreboxes or models H/502/9333 — Setting CNC machine tools for operation K/502/9334 — Programming CNC machines to produce pattern or model components M/502/9335 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components using NC/CNC machines T/502/9336 — Producing components by rapid prototyping techniques A/502/9337 — Modifying and repairing pattern, corebox or model equipment F/502/9338 — Producing pattern, corebox or model components using flexible composite materials
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
6
How is the qualification graded and assessed?
The overall grade for the qualification is a ‘pass’. The learner must achieve all the required units within the specified qualification structure. To pass a unit the learner must: achieve all the specified learning outcomes satisfy all the assessment criteria by providing sufficient and valid
evidence for each criterion show that the evidence is their own. The qualification is designed to be assessed: in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace, as specified in the Assessment
Strategy for the sector, or as part of a training programme.
Assessment Strategy
The Assessment Strategy for this qualification has been included in Annexe D. It has been developed by Semta in partnership with employers, training providers, awarding organisations and the regulatory authorities. The Assessment Strategy includes details on: criteria for defining realistic working environments roles and occupational competence of assessors, expert witnesses,
internal verifiers and standards verifiers quality control of assessment evidence requirements. Evidence of competence may come from: current practice where evidence is generated from a current job role a programme of development where evidence comes from
assessment opportunities built into a learning/training programme whether at or away from the workplace
the Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) where a learner can demonstrate that they can meet the assessment criteria within a unit through knowledge, understanding or skills they already possess without undertaking a course of learning. They must submit sufficient, reliable and valid evidence for internal and standards verification purposes. RPL is acceptable for accrediting a unit, several units or a whole qualification
a combination of these.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
7
It is important that the evidence is:
Valid relevant to the standards for which competence is claimed
Authentic produced by the learner
Current sufficiently recent to create confidence that the same skill, understanding or knowledge persist at the time of the claim
Reliable indicates that the learner can consistently perform at this level
Sufficient fully meets the requirements of the standards.
Types of evidence (to be read in conjunction with the Assessment Strategy in Annexe D)
To successfully achieve a unit the learner must gather evidence which shows that they have met the required standard in the assessment criteria. Evidence can take a variety of different forms including the examples below. Centres should refer to the Assessment Strategy for information about which of the following are permissible. direct observation of the learner’s performance by their assessor (O) outcomes from oral or written questioning (Q&A) products of the learner’s work (P) personal statements and/or reflective accounts (RA) outcomes from simulation, where permitted by the Assessment
Strategy (S) professional discussion (PD) assignment, project/case studies (A) authentic statements/witness testimony (WT) expert witness testimony (EPW) evidence of Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL). The abbreviations may be used for cross-referencing purposes. Learners can use one piece of evidence to prove their knowledge, skills and understanding across different assessment criteria and/or across different units. It is, therefore, not necessary for learners to have each assessment criterion assessed separately. Learners should be encouraged to reference the assessment criteria to which the evidence relates. Evidence must be made available to the assessor, internal verifier and Edexcel standards verifier. A range of recording documents is available on the Edexcel website www.edexcel.com. Alternatively, centres may develop their own.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
8
Additional Requirements
The Joint Awarding Body and the SSC Working Practices Group have identified additional requirements that are needed to assess and quality assure qualifications placed on the QCF that use NVQ within their title. These requirements are shown in Annexe D: Additional Requirements for Qualifications that use the title NVQ within the QCF.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
9
Centre recognition and approval
Centre recognition
Centres that have not previously offered Edexcel qualifications need to apply for and be granted centre recognition as part of the process for approval to offer individual qualifications. New centres must complete both a centre recognition approval application and a qualification approval application. Existing centres will be given ‘automatic approval’ for a new qualification if they are already approved for a qualification that is being replaced by the new qualification and the conditions for automatic approval are met. Centres already holding Edexcel approval are able to gain qualification approval for a different level or different sector via Edexcel online.
Approvals agreement
All centres are required to enter into an approvals agreement which is a formal commitment by the head or principal of a centre to meet all the requirements of the specification and any linked codes or regulations. Edexcel will act to protect the integrity of the awarding of qualifications, if centres do not comply with the agreement. This could result in the suspension of certification or withdrawal of approval.
Quality assurance
Detailed information on Edexcel’s quality assurance processes is given in Annexe B.
What resources are required?
Each qualification is designed to support learners working in the engineering sector. Physical resources need to support the delivery of the qualifications and the assessment of the learning outcomes and must be of industry standard. Centres must meet any specific resource requirements outlined in Annexe D: Assessment Strategy. Staff assessing the learner must meet the requirements within the overarching Assessment S trategy for the sector.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
10
Unit format
Each unit in this specification contains the following sections. Unit title:
Unit reference number:
QCF level:
Credit value:
Guided learning hours:
Unit summary:
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements:
Assessment methodology:
Learning outcomes:
Assessment criteria:
Evidence type:
Portfolio reference:
Date:
The unit title is accredited on the QCF and this form of words will appear on the learner’s Notification of Performance (NOP).
All units and qualifications within the QCF have a level assigned to them, which represents the level of achievement. There are nine levels of achievement, from Entry level to level 8. The level of the unit has been informed by the QCF level descriptors and, where appropriate, the NOS and/or other sector/professional.
All units have a credit value. The minimum credit value is one, and credits can only be awarded in whole numbers. Learners will be awarded credits when they achieve the unit.
A notional measure of the substance of a qualification. It includes an estimate of the time that might be allocated to direct teaching or instruction, together with other structured learning time, such as directed assignments, assessments on the job or supported individual study and practice. It excludes learner-initiated private study.
This provides a summary of the purpose of the unit.
The assessment/evidence requirements are determined by the SSC. Learners must provide evidence for each of the requirements stated in this section.
Learning outcomes state exactly what a learner should know, understand or be able to do as a result of completing a unit.
The assessment criteria of a unit specify the standard a learner is expected to meet to demonstrate that a learning outcome, or a set of learning outcomes, has been achieved.
Learners must reference the type of evidence they have and where it is available for quality assurance purposes. The learner can enter the relevant key and a reference. Alternatively, the learner and/or centre can devise their own referencing system.
This provides a summary of the assessment methodology to be used for the unit.
The learner should use this box to indicate where the evidence can be obtained eg portfolio page number.
The learner should give the date when the evidence has been provided.
This code is a unique reference number for the unit.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
11
Units
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
12
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
13
Unit 1: Complying with statutory regulations and organisational safety requirements
Unit reference number: A/601/5013
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 35
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to deal with statutory regulations and organisational safety requirements. It does not deal with specific safety regulations or detailed requirements, it does, however, cover the more general health and safety requirements that apply to working in an industrial environment. The learner will be expected to comply with all relevant regulations that apply to their area of work, as well as their general responsibilities as defined in the Health and Safety at Work Act. The learner will need to be able to identify the relevant qualified first aiders and know the location of the first aid facilities. The learner will have a knowledge and understanding of the procedures to be adopted in the case of accidents involving injury and in situations where there are dangerous occurrences or hazardous malfunctions of equipment, processes or machinery. The learner will also need to be fully conversant with their organisation’s procedures for fire alerts and the evacuation of premises. The learner will also be required to identify the hazards and risks that are associated with their job. Typically, these will focus on their working environment, the tools and equipment that they use, the materials and substances that they use, any working practices that do not follow laid-down procedures, and manual lifting and carrying techniques.
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
14
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Com
ply
with s
tatu
tory
re
gula
tions
and
org
anis
atio
nal
safe
ty
requirem
ents
1.1
co
mply
with t
hei
r duties
and o
blig
atio
ns
as d
efin
ed
in t
he
Hea
lth a
nd S
afet
y at
Work
Act
1.2
dem
onst
rate
thei
r under
stan
din
g o
f th
eir
duties
and
oblig
ations
to h
ealth a
nd s
afe
ty b
y:
–
apply
ing in p
rinci
ple
thei
r duties
and
resp
onsi
bili
ties
as
an indiv
idual
under
the
Hea
lth
and S
afe
ty a
t W
ork
Act
–
id
entify
ing,
within
thei
r org
anis
atio
n,
appro
priat
e so
urc
es o
f in
form
atio
n a
nd g
uid
ance
on h
ealth
and s
afe
ty iss
ues
, su
ch a
s:
- ey
e pro
tect
ion a
nd p
erso
nal
pro
tect
ive
eq
uip
men
t (P
PE)
- CO
SH
H r
egula
tions
- risk
ass
essm
ents
–
id
entify
ing t
he
warn
ing s
igns
and lab
els
of th
e m
ain g
roups
of haza
rdous
or
dan
ger
ous
subst
ance
s –
co
mply
ing w
ith t
he
appro
priat
e st
atuto
ry
regula
tions
at a
ll tim
es
1.3
pre
sent
them
selv
es in t
he
work
pla
ce s
uitably
pre
par
ed f
or
the
activi
ties
to b
e under
take
n
1.4
fo
llow
org
anis
atio
nal
acc
iden
t and e
mer
gen
cy
pro
cedure
s
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
15
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.5
co
mply
with e
mer
gen
cy r
equirem
ents
, to
incl
ude:
–
id
entify
ing t
he
appro
priat
e qual
ifie
d first
aid
ers
and t
he
loca
tion o
f firs
t ai
d faci
litie
s –
id
entify
ing t
he
pro
cedure
s to
be
follo
wed
in t
he
even
t of
inju
ry t
o t
hem
selv
es o
r oth
ers
–
follo
win
g o
rgan
isational
pro
cedure
s in
the
even
t of
fire
and t
he
evacu
ation o
f pre
mis
es
–
iden
tify
ing t
he
pro
cedure
s to
be
follo
wed
in t
he
even
t of dan
ger
ous
occ
urr
ence
s or
haz
ard
ous
–
mal
funct
ions
of
equip
men
t 1.6
re
cognis
e an
d c
ontr
ol haz
ard
s in
the
work
pla
ce
1.7
id
entify
the
haz
ards
and r
isks
that
are
ass
oci
ated
w
ith t
he
follo
win
g:
–
th
eir
work
ing e
nvi
ronm
ent
–
the
equip
men
t th
at t
hey
use
–
m
ater
ials
and s
ubst
ance
s (w
her
e ap
pro
priat
e)
that
they
use
–
w
ork
ing p
ract
ices
that
do n
ot
follo
w laid
-dow
n
pro
cedure
s 1.8
use
corr
ect
man
ual lif
ting a
nd c
arry
ing t
echniq
ues
1.9
dem
onst
rate
one
of th
e fo
llow
ing m
ethods
of
man
ual
lifting a
nd c
arr
ying:
–
lifting a
lone
–
with a
ssis
tance
of
oth
ers
–
with m
echan
ical
ass
ista
nce
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
16
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
0
apply
safe
work
ing p
ract
ices
and p
roce
dure
s to
in
clude:
–
m
ainta
inin
g a
tid
y w
ork
pla
ce,
with e
xits
and
gan
gw
ays
free
fro
m o
bst
ruct
ion
–
usi
ng e
quip
men
t sa
fely
and o
nly
for
the
purp
ose
in
tended
–
obse
rvin
g o
rgan
isat
ional
safe
ty r
ule
s, s
igns
and
haz
ard w
arn
ings
–
taki
ng m
easu
res
to p
rote
ct o
ther
s fr
om
any
har
m r
esultin
g f
rom
the
work
that
they
are
ca
rryi
ng o
ut
2.
Know
how
to c
om
ply
with
stat
uto
ry r
egula
tions
and
org
anis
atio
nal
safe
ty
requirem
ents
2.1
des
crib
e th
e ro
les
and r
esponsi
bili
ties
of
them
selv
es
and o
ther
s under
the
Hea
lth a
nd S
afe
ty a
t W
ork
Act
, an
d o
ther
curr
ent
legis
lation (
such
as
The
Man
agem
ent
of
Hea
lth a
nd S
afet
y at
Work
Reg
ula
tions,
Work
pla
ce H
ealth a
nd S
afe
ty a
nd
Wel
fare
Reg
ula
tions,
Per
sonal
Pro
tect
ive
Equip
men
t at
Work
Reg
ula
tions,
Man
ual
Han
dlin
g O
per
atio
ns
Reg
ula
tions,
Pro
visi
on a
nd U
se o
f W
ork
Equip
men
t Reg
ula
tions,
Dis
pla
y Scr
een a
t W
ork
Reg
ula
tions,
Rep
ort
ing o
f In
juries
, D
isea
ses
and D
anger
ous
Occ
urr
ence
s Reg
ula
tions)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
reg
ula
tions
and s
afe
work
ing
pra
ctic
es a
nd p
roce
dure
s th
at a
pply
to t
hei
r w
ork
ac
tivi
ties
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
17
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.3
des
crib
e th
e w
arnin
g s
igns
for
the
seve
n m
ain
gro
ups
of
haz
ardous
subst
ance
s def
ined
by
Cla
ssific
atio
n,
Pack
agin
g a
nd L
abel
ling o
f D
anger
ous
Subst
ance
s Reg
ula
tions
2.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
to loca
te r
elev
ant
hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y in
form
atio
n for
thei
r ta
sks,
and t
he
sourc
es o
f ex
per
t ass
ista
nce
when
hel
p is
nee
ded
2.5
ex
pla
in w
hat
const
itute
s a h
aza
rd in t
he
work
pla
ce
(such
as
movi
ng p
arts
of m
achin
ery,
ele
ctrici
ty,
slip
per
y an
d u
nev
en s
urf
aces
, poorly
pla
ced
equip
men
t, d
ust
and f
um
es,
handlin
g a
nd
tran
sport
ing,
conta
min
ants
and irr
itan
ts,
mat
eria
l ej
ection,
fire
, w
ork
ing a
t hei
ght,
envi
ronm
ent,
pre
ssure
/sto
red e
ner
gy
syst
ems,
vola
tile
, flam
mab
le o
r to
xic
mat
eria
ls,
unsh
ield
ed p
roce
sses
, w
ork
ing in c
onfined
spac
es)
2.6
des
crib
e th
eir
resp
onsi
bili
ties
for
iden
tify
ing a
nd
dea
ling w
ith h
azar
ds
and r
educi
ng r
isks
in t
he
work
pla
ce
2.7
des
crib
e th
e risk
s ass
oci
ated
with t
hei
r w
ork
ing
envi
ronm
ent
(such
as
the
tools
, m
ater
ials
and
equip
men
t th
at t
hey
use
, sp
illages
of oil,
chem
ical
s an
d o
ther
subst
ance
s, n
ot
report
ing a
ccid
enta
l bre
akages
of to
ols
or
equip
men
t an
d n
ot
follo
win
g
laid
-dow
n w
ork
ing p
ract
ices
and p
roce
dure
s)
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
18
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.8
des
crib
e th
e pro
cess
es a
nd p
roce
dure
s th
at
are
use
d t
o iden
tify
and r
ate
the
leve
l of ri
sk (
such
as
safe
ty insp
ections,
the
use
of haz
ard c
hec
klis
ts,
carr
ying o
ut
risk
ass
essm
ents
, CO
SH
H
asse
ssm
ents
) 2.9
des
crib
e th
e firs
t ai
d fac
ilities
that
exi
st w
ithin
thei
r w
ork
are
a a
nd w
ithin
the
org
anis
atio
n in g
ener
al;
the
pro
cedure
s to
be
follo
wed
in t
he
case
of
acci
den
ts invo
lvin
g inju
ry
2.1
0
expla
in w
hat
const
itute
dan
ger
ous
occ
urr
ence
s an
d
haz
ardous
mal
funct
ions,
and w
hy
thes
e m
ust
be
report
ed e
ven if no-o
ne
is inju
red
2.1
1
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
s fo
r so
undin
g t
he
emer
gen
cy a
larm
s, e
vacu
atio
n p
roce
dure
s an
d
esca
pe
route
s to
be
use
d,
and t
he
nee
d t
o r
eport
th
eir
pre
sence
at
the
appro
priat
e as
sem
bly
poin
t 2.1
2
des
crib
e th
e org
anis
ational
polic
y w
ith r
egar
d t
o fire
fighting p
roce
dure
s; t
he
com
mon c
ause
s of
fire
and
what
they
can
do t
o h
elp p
reve
nt
them
2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e pro
tect
ive
cloth
ing a
nd e
quip
men
t th
at
is a
vaila
ble
for
thei
r are
as
of
act
ivity
2.1
4
expla
in h
ow
to s
afel
y lif
t an
d c
arr
y lo
ads,
and t
he
man
ual
and m
echan
ical
aid
s ava
ilable
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
19
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
5
expla
in h
ow
to p
repare
and m
ainta
in s
afe
work
ing
area
s; t
he
stan
dar
ds
and p
roce
dure
s to
ensu
re
good h
ouse
keep
ing
2.1
6
des
crib
e th
e im
port
ance
of
safe
sto
rage
of
tools
, eq
uip
men
t, m
ater
ials
and p
roduct
s 2.1
7
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n a
uth
ority
, an
d t
o
whom
they
should
rep
ort
in t
he
even
t of
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
20
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
21
Unit 2: Using and interpreting engineering data and documentation
Unit reference number: Y/601/5102
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 25
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to make effective use of text, numeric and graphical information, by interpreting and using technical information extracted from documents such as engineering drawings, technical manuals, reference tables, specifications, technical sales/marketing documentation, charts or electronic displays, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to extract the necessary information from the various documents, in order to establish and carry out the work requirements, and to make valid decisions about the work activities based on the information extracted.
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
22
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Use
and inte
rpre
t en
gin
eering d
ata a
nd
docu
men
tation
1.1
use
the
appro
ved s
ourc
e to
obta
in t
he
required
dat
a and d
ocu
men
tation
1.2
use
the
data
and d
ocu
men
tation a
nd c
arry
out
all of
the
follo
win
g:
–
chec
k th
e cu
rren
cy a
nd v
alid
ity
of th
e dat
a an
d
docu
men
tation u
sed
–
exer
cise
car
e an
d c
ontr
ol ove
r th
e docu
men
ts a
t al
l tim
es
–
corr
ectly
extr
act
all
nec
essa
ry d
ata
in o
rder
to
carr
y out
the
required
task
s –
se
ek o
ut
additio
nal
info
rmation w
her
e th
ere
are
gap
s or
def
icie
nci
es in t
he
info
rmat
ion o
bta
ined
–
dea
l w
ith o
r re
port
any
pro
ble
ms
found w
ith t
he
dat
a and d
ocu
men
tation
–
mak
e va
lid d
ecis
ions
bas
ed o
n t
he
evalu
atio
n o
f th
e en
gin
eering info
rmat
ion e
xtra
cted
fro
m t
he
docu
men
ts
–
retu
rn a
ll docu
men
ts t
o t
he
appro
ved loca
tion o
n
com
ple
tion o
f th
e w
ork
–
co
mple
te a
ll nec
essa
ry w
ork
-rel
ated
docu
men
tation s
uch
as
pro
duct
ion
docu
men
tation,
inst
alla
tion d
ocu
men
tation,
mai
nte
nan
ce d
ocu
men
tation,
pla
nnin
g
docu
men
tation
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
23
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.3
co
rrec
tly
iden
tify
, in
terp
ret
and e
xtra
ct t
he
required
in
form
atio
n
1.4
ex
tract
info
rmat
ion t
hat
incl
udes
thre
e of
the
follo
win
g:
–
mat
eria
ls o
r co
mponen
ts r
equired
–
dim
ensi
ons
–
tole
rance
s
–
build
qual
ity
–
in
stal
lation r
equirem
ents
–
cu
stom
er r
equirem
ents
–
tim
e sc
ales
–
finan
cial
info
rmation
–
oper
atin
g p
aram
eter
s –
su
rface
tex
ture
req
uirem
ents
–
lo
cation/o
rien
tation o
f part
s –
pro
cess
or
trea
tmen
ts r
equired
–
dis
man
tlin
g/a
ssem
bly
seq
uen
ce
–
insp
ection/t
esting r
equirem
ents
–
num
ber
/volu
mes
req
uired
–
re
pai
r/se
rvic
e m
ethods
–
met
hod o
f m
anufa
cture
–
w
eld t
ype
and s
ize
–
oper
atio
ns
required
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
24
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
–
co
nnec
tions
to b
e m
ade
–
surf
ace
fin
ish r
equired
–
sh
ape
or
pro
file
s –
fa
ult-f
indin
g p
roce
dure
s –
sa
fety
/ris
k fa
ctors
–
en
viro
nm
enta
l co
ntr
ols
–
sp
ecific
data
(su
ch a
s co
mponen
t dat
a,
mai
nte
nan
ce d
ata
, el
ectr
ical
dat
a, flu
id d
ata
) –
re
sourc
es (
such
as
tools
, eq
uip
men
t, p
erso
nnel
) –
utilit
y su
pply
det
ails
(su
ch a
s el
ectr
icity,
wat
er,
gas
, ai
r)
–
loca
tion o
f se
rvic
es,
incl
udin
g s
tandby
and
emer
gen
cy b
acku
p s
yste
ms
–
circ
uit c
har
acte
rist
ics
(such
as
pre
ssure
, flow
, cu
rren
t, v
oltag
e, s
pee
d)
–
pro
tect
ive
arra
ngem
ents
and e
quip
men
t (s
uch
as
conta
inm
ent,
envi
ronm
enta
l co
ntr
ols
, w
arnin
g
and e
vacu
atio
n s
yste
ms
and e
quip
men
t)
–
oth
er s
pec
ific
rel
ated
info
rmat
ion
1.5
use
the
info
rmat
ion o
bta
ined
to e
nsu
re t
hat
work
outp
ut
mee
ts t
he
spec
ific
atio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
25
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.6
use
info
rmat
ion e
xtra
cted
fro
m d
ocu
men
ts t
o
incl
ude
one
from
the
follo
win
g:
–
dra
win
gs
(such
as
com
ponen
t dra
win
gs,
as
sem
bly
dra
win
gs,
modific
ation d
raw
ings,
re
pai
r dra
win
gs,
wel
din
g/f
abrica
tion d
raw
ings,
dis
trib
ution a
nd inst
alla
tion d
raw
ings)
–
dia
gra
ms
(such
as
schem
atic
, fluid
pow
er
dia
gra
ms,
pip
ing,
wirin
g/c
ircu
it d
iagra
ms)
–
m
anufa
cture
rs m
anual
s/dra
win
gs
–
appro
ved s
ketc
hes
–
te
chnic
al illu
stra
tions
–
photo
gra
phic
rep
rese
nta
tions
–
visu
al dis
pla
y sc
reen
info
rmation
–
tech
nic
al s
ales
/mar
keting d
ocu
men
tation
–
contr
act
ual docu
men
tation
–
oth
er s
pec
ific
dra
win
gs/
docu
men
ts
1.7
use
info
rmat
ion e
xtra
cted
fro
m r
elat
ed
docu
men
tation,
to incl
ude
two f
rom
the
follo
win
g:
–
inst
ruct
ions
(such
as
job inst
ruct
ions,
dra
win
g
inst
ruct
ions,
man
ufa
cture
rs inst
ruct
ions)
–
sp
ecific
atio
ns
(such
as
mate
rial, fin
ish,
pro
cess
, co
ntr
act
ual, c
alib
ration)
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
26
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
–
re
fere
nce
mat
eria
ls (
such
as
man
ual
s, t
able
s,
char
ts,
guid
es,
note
s)
–
sched
ule
s –
oper
atio
n s
hee
ts
–
serv
ice/
test
info
rmation
–
pla
nnin
g d
ocu
men
tation
–
qual
ity
contr
ol docu
men
ts
–
com
pan
y sp
ecific
tec
hnic
al inst
ruct
ions
–
nat
ional
, in
tern
atio
nal
and o
rgan
isat
ional
st
andar
ds
–
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty s
tandar
ds
rela
ting t
o t
he
act
ivity
(such
as
CO
SH
H)
–
oth
er s
pec
ific
rel
ated
docu
men
tation
1.8
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith a
ny
pro
ble
ms
within
thei
r co
ntr
ol and r
eport
those
whic
h c
annot
be
solv
ed
1.9
re
port
any
inac
cura
cies
or
dis
crep
anci
es in
docu
men
tation a
nd s
pec
ific
atio
ns
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
27
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2
Know
how
to u
se a
nd
inte
rpre
t en
gin
eering d
ata
and d
ocu
men
tation
2.1
ex
pla
in w
hat
info
rmation s
ourc
es a
re u
sed f
or
the
dat
a an
d d
ocu
men
tation t
hat
they
use
in t
hei
r w
ork
ac
tivi
ties
2.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
docu
men
ts a
re o
bta
ined
, an
d h
ow
to
chec
k th
at t
hey
are
curr
ent
and v
alid
2.3
ex
pla
in t
he
bas
ic p
rinci
ple
s of co
nfiden
tial
ity
(incl
udin
g w
hat
info
rmat
ion s
hould
be
ava
ilable
and
to w
hom
)
2.4
des
crib
e th
e diffe
rent
way
s/fo
rmat
s th
at d
ata
and
docu
men
tation c
an b
e pre
sente
d (
such
as
such
as
dra
win
gs,
job inst
ruct
ions
pro
duct
dat
a sh
eets
, m
anufa
cture
rs’ m
anual
s, f
inan
cial
spre
adsh
eets
, pro
duct
ion s
ched
ule
s, insp
ection a
nd c
alib
ration
requirem
ents
, cu
stom
er info
rmat
ion)
2.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to u
se o
ther
sourc
es o
f in
form
atio
n t
o
support
the
dat
a (
such
as
elec
tronic
com
ponen
t pin
co
nfigura
tion s
pec
ific
atio
ns,
ref
eren
ce c
hart
s,
stan
dar
ds,
ben
d a
llow
ance
s re
quired
for
mat
eria
l th
ickn
ess,
ele
ctrica
l co
nditio
ns
required
for
spec
ific
w
eldin
g r
ods,
mix
ing r
atio
s fo
r bondin
g a
nd
finis
hin
g m
ater
ials
, m
etal
spec
ific
atio
ns
and
insp
ection r
equirem
ents
, hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y docu
men
tation)
2.6
des
crib
e th
e im
port
ance
of
diffe
rentiat
ing f
act
from
opin
ion w
hen
rev
iew
ing d
ata a
nd d
ocu
men
tation
2.7
des
crib
e th
e im
port
ance
of an
alys
ing a
ll av
aila
ble
dat
a an
d d
ocu
men
tation b
efore
dec
isio
ns
are
made
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
28
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.8
des
crib
e th
e diffe
rent
way
s of st
oring a
nd
org
anis
ing d
ata
and d
ocu
men
tation t
o e
nsu
re e
asy
ac
cess
2.9
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
s fo
r re
port
ing d
iscr
epan
cies
in
the
dat
a o
r docu
men
tation,
and for
report
ing lost
or
dam
aged
docu
men
ts
2.1
0
des
crib
e th
e im
port
ance
of
keep
ing a
ll dat
a a
nd
docu
men
tation u
p t
o d
ate
during t
he
work
act
ivity,
an
d t
he
implic
ations
of th
is n
ot
bei
ng d
one
2.1
1
expla
in t
he
care
and c
ontr
ol pro
cedure
s fo
r th
e docu
men
ts,
and h
ow
dam
age
or
gra
ffiti on
docu
men
ts c
an lea
d t
o s
crap
ped
work
2.1
2
expla
in t
he
import
ance
of re
turn
ing d
ocu
men
ts t
o
the
des
ignat
ed loca
tion o
n c
om
ple
tion o
f th
e w
ork
ac
tivi
ties
2.1
3
expla
in w
hat
basi
c dra
win
g c
onve
ntions
are
use
d
and w
hy
ther
e nee
ds
to b
e diffe
rent
types
of
dra
win
gs
(such
as
isom
etric
and o
rthogra
phic
, firs
t an
d t
hird a
ngle
, ass
embly
dra
win
gs,
circu
it a
nd
wirin
g d
iagra
ms,
blo
ck a
nd s
chem
atic
dia
gra
ms
2.1
4
expla
in w
hat
typ
es o
f docu
men
tation a
re u
sed a
nd
how
they
inte
rrel
ate
(such
as
pro
duct
ion d
raw
ings,
ass
embly
dra
win
gs,
circu
it a
nd w
irin
g d
iagra
ms,
blo
ck a
nd s
chem
atic
dia
gra
ms)
2.1
5
expla
in t
he
imper
ial and m
etric
syst
ems
of
mea
sure
men
t; t
ole
ranci
ng a
nd f
ixed
ref
eren
ce
poin
ts
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
29
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
6
des
crib
e th
e m
eanin
g o
f th
e diffe
rent
sym
bols
and
abbre
viat
ions
found o
n t
he
docu
men
ts t
hat
they
use
(su
ch a
s su
rfac
e finis
h,
elec
tronic
com
ponen
ts,
wel
d s
ymbols
, lin
ear
and g
eom
etric
tole
rance
s,
pre
ssure
and flo
w c
har
acte
rist
ics)
2.1
7
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
when
to a
ct o
n t
hei
r ow
n initia
tive
to f
ind,
clar
ify
and e
valu
ate
info
rmation,
and t
o w
hom
they
should
re
port
if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
30
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
31
Unit 3: Working efficiently and effectively in engineering
Unit reference number: K/601/5055
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 25
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to work efficiently and effectively in the workplace, in accordance with approved procedures and practices. Prior to undertaking the engineering activity, the learner will be required to carry out all necessary preparations within the scope of their responsibility. This may include preparing the work area and ensuring that it is in a safe condition to carry out the intended activities, ensuring they have the appropriate job specifications and instructions and that any tools, equipment, materials and other resources required are available and in a safe and usable condition.
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
32
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Work
eff
icie
ntly
and
effe
ctiv
ely
in e
ngin
eering
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
pre
par
e th
e w
ork
are
a to
car
ry o
ut
the
engin
eering
activi
ty
1.3
pre
par
e to
car
ry o
ut
the
engin
eering a
ctiv
ity,
taki
ng
into
consi
der
atio
n a
ll of th
e fo
llow
ing,
as a
pplic
able
to
the
work
to b
e under
take
n:
–
the
work
are
a is
fre
e fr
om
haz
ards
and is
suitab
ly p
repar
ed for
the
act
ivitie
s to
be
under
take
n
–
any
required
safe
ty p
roce
dure
s ar
e im
ple
men
ted
–
any
nec
essa
ry p
erso
nal
pro
tect
ion e
quip
men
t is
obta
ined
and is
in a
usa
ble
conditio
n
–
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
are
obta
ined
and
chec
ked t
hat
they
are
in a
safe
and u
seab
le
conditio
n
–
all nec
essa
ry d
raw
ings,
spec
ific
ations
and
asso
ciate
d d
ocu
men
tation is
obta
ined
–
jo
b inst
ruct
ions
are
obta
ined
and u
nder
stood
–
the
corr
ect
mat
eria
ls o
r co
mponen
ts a
re
obta
ined
–
st
ora
ge
arr
angem
ents
for
work
are
appro
priat
e –
ap
pro
priat
e au
thorisa
tion t
o c
arr
y out
the
work
is
obta
ined
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
33
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.4
ch
eck
that
ther
e ar
e su
ffic
ient
supplie
s of
mat
eria
ls
and/o
r co
nsu
mab
les
and t
hat
they
mee
t w
ork
re
quirem
ents
1.5
en
sure
that
com
ple
ted p
roduct
s or
reso
urc
es a
re
store
d in t
he
appro
pri
ate
loca
tion o
n c
om
ple
tion o
f th
e act
ivitie
s 1.6
co
mple
te w
ork
act
ivitie
s, t
o incl
ude
all of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
com
ple
ting a
ll nec
essa
ry d
ocu
men
tation
accu
rate
ly a
nd leg
ibly
–
re
turn
ing t
ools
and e
quip
men
t
–
retu
rnin
g d
raw
ings
and w
ork
inst
ruct
ions
–
iden
tify
ing,
wher
e appro
priat
e, a
ny
unusa
ble
to
ols
, eq
uip
men
t or
com
ponen
ts
–
arra
ngin
g for
dis
posa
l of w
aste
mat
eria
ls
1.7
tidy
up t
he
work
are
a o
n c
om
ple
tion o
f th
e en
gin
eering a
ctiv
ity
1.8
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
reso
lved
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
34
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.9
dea
l w
ith p
roble
ms
affe
ctin
g t
he
engin
eering
pro
cess
, to
incl
ude
two o
f th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
mat
eria
ls
–
tools
and e
quip
men
t –
dra
win
gs
–
job s
pec
ific
atio
n
–
qual
ity
–
peo
ple
–
tim
esca
les
–
safe
ty
–
activi
ties
or
pro
cedure
s 1.1
0
contr
ibute
to a
nd c
om
munic
ate
opport
unitie
s fo
r im
pro
vem
ent
to w
ork
ing p
ract
ices
and p
roce
dure
s
1.1
1
mak
e re
com
men
dat
ions
for
impro
ving t
o t
wo o
f th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
work
ing p
ract
ices
–
w
ork
ing m
ethods
–
qual
ity
–
safe
ty
–
tools
and e
quip
men
t –
su
pplie
r re
lationsh
ips
–
inte
rnal
com
munic
atio
n
–
cust
om
er s
ervi
ce
–
trai
nin
g a
nd d
evel
opm
ent
–
team
work
–
oth
er
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
35
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
2
mai
nta
in e
ffec
tive
work
ing r
elat
ionsh
ips
with
colle
agues
to incl
ude
two o
f th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
colle
agues
within
ow
n w
ork
ing g
roup
–
colle
agues
outs
ide
norm
al w
ork
ing g
roup
–
line
man
agem
ent
–
exte
rnal
conta
cts
1.1
3
revi
ew p
erso
nal
tra
inin
g a
nd d
evel
opm
ent
as
appro
priat
e to
the
job r
ole
1.1
4
revi
ew p
erso
nal
dev
elopm
ent
obje
ctiv
es a
nd
targ
ets
to incl
ude
one
of
the
follo
win
g:
–
dual
or
multi-
skill
ing
–
trai
nin
g o
n n
ew e
quip
men
t/te
chnolo
gy
–
incr
ease
d r
esponsi
bili
ty
–
under
stan
din
g o
f co
mpan
y w
ork
ing p
ract
ices
, pro
cedure
s, p
lans
and p
olic
ies
–
oth
er s
pec
ific
req
uirem
ents
2
Know
how
to w
ork
ef
fici
ently
and e
ffec
tive
ly
in e
ngin
eering
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sa
fe w
ork
ing p
ract
ices
and p
roce
dure
s to
be
follo
wed
whils
t pre
paring a
nd t
idyi
ng u
p t
hei
r w
ork
are
a 2.2
des
crib
e th
e co
rrec
t use
of an
y eq
uip
men
t use
d t
o
pro
tect
the
hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty o
f th
emse
lves
and
thei
r co
lleagues
2.3
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
for
ensu
ring t
hat
all
docu
men
tation r
elat
ing t
o t
he
work
bei
ng c
arried
out
is a
vaila
ble
and c
urr
ent,
pri
or
to s
tart
ing t
he
activi
ty
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
36
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.4
des
crib
e th
e ac
tion t
hat
should
be
take
n if
docu
men
tation r
ecei
ved is
inco
mple
te a
nd/o
r in
corr
ect
2.5
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
for
ensu
ring t
hat
all to
ols
an
d e
quip
men
t are
ava
ilable
prior
to u
nder
taki
ng
the
act
ivity
2.6
des
crib
e th
e ch
ecks
to b
e ca
rrie
d o
ut
to e
nsu
re t
hat
to
ols
and e
quip
men
t ar
e in
full
work
ing o
rder
, prior
to u
nder
taki
ng t
he
act
ivity
2.7
des
crib
e th
e ac
tion t
hat
should
be
take
n if to
ols
and
equip
men
t ar
e not
in f
ull
work
ing o
rder
2.8
des
crib
e th
e ch
ecks
to b
e ca
rrie
d o
ut
to e
nsu
re t
hat
al
l m
ater
ials
req
uired
are
corr
ect
and c
om
ple
te,
prior
to u
nder
taki
ng t
he
activi
ty
2.9
des
crib
e th
e ac
tion t
hat
should
be
take
n if m
ater
ials
do n
ot
mee
t th
e re
quirem
ents
of th
e act
ivity
2.1
0
expla
in w
hom
to info
rm w
hen
the
work
act
ivity
has
bee
n c
om
ple
ted
2.1
1
des
crib
e th
e in
form
ation a
nd/o
r docu
men
tation
required
to c
onfirm
that
the
activi
ty h
as
bee
n
com
ple
ted
2.1
2
expla
in w
hat
mat
eria
ls,
equip
men
t an
d t
ools
can
be
reuse
d
2.1
3
expla
in h
ow
any
was
te m
ate
rials
and/o
r pro
duct
s ar
e tr
ansf
erre
d,
store
d a
nd d
ispose
d o
f 2.1
4
expla
in w
her
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t sh
ould
be
store
d a
nd loca
ted
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
37
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
5
des
crib
e th
e im
port
ance
of
mak
ing
reco
mm
endat
ions
for
impro
ving w
ork
ing p
ract
ices
2.1
6
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
and f
orm
at for
mak
ing
sugges
tions
for
impro
vem
ents
2.1
7
des
crib
e th
e ben
efits
to o
rgan
isat
ions
if
impro
vem
ents
can
be
iden
tified
2.1
8
des
crib
e th
e im
port
ance
of
mai
nta
inin
g e
ffec
tive
w
ork
ing r
elat
ionsh
ips
within
the
work
pla
ce
2.1
9
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
s to
dea
l w
ith a
nd r
eport
any
pro
ble
ms
that
can
affec
t w
ork
ing r
elat
ionsh
ips
2.2
0
des
crib
e th
e difficu
ltie
s th
at
can o
ccur
in w
ork
ing
rela
tionsh
ips
2.2
1
des
crib
e th
e re
gula
tions
that
affec
t how
they
should
be
trea
ted a
t w
ork
(su
ch a
s Equal
Opport
unitie
s Act
, Rac
e an
d S
ex D
iscr
imin
ation,
Work
ing T
ime
Direc
tive
) 2.2
2
des
crib
e th
e ben
efits
of
continuous
per
sonal
dev
elopm
ent
2.2
3
des
crib
e th
e tr
ain
ing o
pport
unitie
s th
at a
re
avai
lable
in t
he
work
pla
ce
2.2
4
des
crib
e th
e im
port
ance
of
revi
ewin
g t
hei
r tr
ainin
g
and d
evel
opm
ent
2.2
5
expla
in w
ith w
hom
to d
iscu
ss t
rain
ing a
nd
dev
elopm
ent
issu
es
2.2
6
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty a
nd
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
if th
ey h
ave
any
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
38
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
39
Unit 4: Marking out wood and composite materials
Unit reference number: D/502/9315
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 21
Guided learning hours: 63
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to prepare for and mark out materials and components used in engineering woodworking and model making, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will need to interpret correctly the information contained in the drawings, instructions and specifications, in order to mark out the materials and components accurately and correctly. The learner will be required to select the appropriate marking-out equipment to be used, based on the features to be marked out and the accuracy required. The learner will need to use these instruments to mark out datums, profiles, simple joints, hole positions, assembly positions and cutting lines which will be followed when producing the required components. Materials to be marked out will include softwoods, hardwoods and composites, which may be in sheet form, stock sections, or part-manufactured components or sub-assemblies. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the marking-out activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the marking-out equipment, materials or activities that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying marking-out methods and procedures to engineering woodworking and model-making components. The learner’s knowledge will be sufficient to enable them to identify incomplete, conflicting or inadequate information, and to carry out the marking-out activities to the required specification. The learner will know about the various tools that can be used in the marking-out process and why it is important to mark out accurately and legibly. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when working with marking-out mediums, tools and equipment, and will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout. The learner will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
40
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
41
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
M
ark
out
wood a
nd
com
posi
te m
ater
ials
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
obta
in a
nd u
se t
he
corr
ect
info
rmation for
the
mar
king-o
ut
activi
ties
, to
incl
ude
thre
e fr
om
the
follo
win
g:
–
dra
win
gs
–
spec
ific
atio
ns
–
verb
al in
stru
ctio
ns
–
sket
ches
1.3
obta
in t
he
appro
priat
e m
arki
ng-o
ut
equip
men
t an
d
chec
k th
at it
is in a
usa
ble
conditio
n
1.4
use
a r
ange
of m
arki
ng-o
ut
equip
men
t, t
o incl
ude
six
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
ru
les
and t
apes
–
div
ider
s, c
om
pas
ses
or
tram
mel
s –
sc
riber
s or
kniv
es
–
squar
es
–
stra
ight
edge
–
pro
tract
ors
or
bev
el g
auges
–
punch
es
–
mar
king g
auges
–
pen
cils
–
ve
e blo
cks
–
angle
pla
tes
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
42
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.5
pre
par
e su
itab
le d
atum
s an
d m
arki
ng-o
ut
surf
aces
1.6
m
ark
out
usi
ng a
ppro
priat
e m
ethods
1.7
use
mar
king-o
ut
met
hods
and t
echniq
ues
, w
hic
h
incl
ude
one
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
direc
t m
arki
ng u
sing inst
rum
ents
–
use
of
tem
pla
tes
–
trac
ing/t
ransf
er m
ethods
1.8
m
ark
out
thre
e of
the
follo
win
g:
–
fram
es
–
stora
ge
units
–
case
s –
fu
rniture
–
jigs
–
fixt
ure
s –
tr
ansp
ort
ation u
nits
–
form
ers
–
stru
cture
s –
oth
er s
pec
ific
ite
ms
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
43
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.9
m
ark
out
work
pie
ces,
to incl
ude
seve
n o
f th
e fo
llow
ing fea
ture
s:
–
dat
um
s/ce
ntr
e lin
es
–
mac
hin
ing g
uid
elin
es
–
squar
e/re
ctan
gula
r pro
file
s –
an
gle
s/an
gula
r pro
file
s –
ci
rcle
s
–
conto
ure
d p
rofile
s –
lin
ear
hole
posi
tions
–
radia
l hole
posi
tions
–
join
ts
–
asse
mbly
posi
tions
1.1
0
chec
k th
at t
he
mar
king o
ut
com
plie
s w
ith t
he
spec
ific
atio
n
1.1
1
pro
duce
mar
ked-o
ut
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h m
eet
all
of
the
follo
win
g q
ual
ity
and a
ccura
cy s
tandar
ds:
–
dim
ensi
onal
ly a
ccura
te t
o d
raw
ing o
r sp
ecific
atio
n
–
has
cle
arly
form
ed lin
es a
nd p
rofile
s –
w
aste
mat
eria
l is
cle
arly
iden
tified
–
dat
um
fac
es/p
oin
ts a
re c
lear
ly m
arke
d a
nd
iden
tified
1.1
2
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
reso
lved
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
44
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.
Know
how
to m
ark
out
wood a
nd c
om
posi
te
mat
eria
ls
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
when
mar
king o
ut
wood a
nd c
om
posi
te m
ater
ials
, an
d w
ith t
he
tools
and e
quip
men
t th
at a
re u
sed
2.2
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith t
he
mar
king-
out
act
ivitie
s (m
arki
ng-o
ut
equip
men
t use
d,
lifting
and h
andlin
g s
hee
t m
ater
ial, long len
gth
s of
mat
eria
ls,
splin
ters
fro
m w
ood),
and h
ow
they
can
be
min
imis
ed
2.3
des
crib
e th
e pro
cess
to b
e ad
opte
d t
o o
bta
in t
he
required
dra
win
gs
and job inst
ruct
ions
2.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
xtra
ct info
rmat
ion fro
m
engin
eering d
raw
ings
and r
elat
ed s
pec
ific
ations
(to
incl
ude
sym
bols
and c
onve
ntions
in r
elat
ion t
o w
ork
under
take
n,
firs
t an
d t
hird a
ngle
pro
ject
ions)
2.5
des
crib
e th
e princi
ple
s of m
arki
ng o
ut
and t
he
type
of eq
uip
men
t use
d
2.6
des
crib
e th
e ra
nge
of
oper
atio
ns
that
the
various
mar
king-o
ut
equip
men
t is
cap
able
of
per
form
ing
2.7
ex
pla
in h
ow
to p
repare
the
mat
eria
ls in r
eadin
ess
for
the
mark
ing-o
ut
activi
ties
, in
ord
er t
o e
nhan
ce
clar
ity,
acc
ura
cy a
nd s
afet
y (v
isual
ly c
hec
king f
or
def
ects
, pre
par
ing t
he
mat
eria
ls,
rem
ovi
ng s
harp
co
rner
s an
d e
dges
)
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
45
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.8
ex
pla
in h
ow
to s
elec
t an
d e
stablis
h s
uitable
dat
um
s 2.9
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of en
suring t
hat
mark
ing
out
is u
nder
take
n fro
m t
he
sele
cted
dat
um
s, a
nd
the
poss
ible
effec
ts o
f w
ork
ing fro
m d
iffe
rent
dat
um
s 2.1
0
des
crib
e th
e m
ethods
of hold
ing a
nd s
upport
ing
work
pie
ces
during t
he
mar
king-o
ut
activi
ties
, an
d
equip
men
t th
at c
an b
e use
d
2.1
1
des
crib
e th
e use
of m
arki
ng-o
ut
conve
ntions
when
m
arki
ng o
ut
the
work
pie
ce (
incl
udin
g d
atum
s;
cutt
ing g
uid
elin
es;
squar
e an
d r
ecta
ngula
r pro
file
s;
circ
ula
r an
d r
adia
l pro
file
s; a
ngle
s; h
ole
s w
hic
h a
re
linea
rly
posi
tioned
, boxe
d a
nd o
n p
itch
circl
es)
2.1
2
des
crib
e th
e use
of geo
met
rica
l co
nst
ruct
ion
met
hods
applie
d t
o m
arki
ng o
ut
2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e w
ays
of
layi
ng o
ut
the
mar
king-o
ut
shap
es o
r pat
tern
s to
max
imis
e th
e use
of
mat
eria
ls
2.1
4
expla
in h
ow
to s
et a
nd a
dju
st t
he
tools
(su
ch a
s sq
uar
es,
pro
tract
ors
, m
arki
ng g
auges
) 2.1
5
des
crib
e th
e im
port
ance
of usi
ng t
ools
only
for
the
purp
ose
inte
nded
; th
e ca
re t
hat
is
required
when
usi
ng t
he
equip
men
t an
d t
ools
; th
e pro
per
way
of
storing t
ools
and e
quip
men
t bet
wee
n o
per
atio
ns
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
46
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
6
expla
in t
he
nee
d for
clea
r lin
es a
nd d
imen
sional
ac
cura
cy in m
arki
ng o
ut
to s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd
dra
win
g r
equirem
ents
2.1
7
des
crib
e th
e th
ings
that
can
go w
rong w
ith t
he
mar
king-o
ut
activi
ties
, an
d h
ow
thes
e ca
n b
e av
oid
ed
2.1
8
des
crib
e th
e st
andar
ds
to b
e at
tain
ed a
nd c
om
pan
y qual
ity
contr
ol pro
cedure
s 2.1
9
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
47
Unit 5: Producing components using woodworking machines
Unit reference number: K/502/9317
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 55
Guided learning hours: 98
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce engineering woodworking components using machine tools, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate equipment to use, based on the type of operations to be performed, the size of the components and the materials used. The production of the components will involve the use of both fixed and portable conventional machines, which are designed specifically for wood and composite materials. The size and complexity of the components produced will vary, and this will require the learner to set up the necessary machines and their associated tooling, and to make any necessary adjustments during machining, in order that the parts produced meet the required specification. The components produced will be used to produce any of the following: frames, cases, storage units, jigs and fixtures, formers, transportation units, furniture and structures. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the machining activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying woodwork machining procedures. The learner will understand the equipment being used, and its application, and will know about the tooling, machine-setting arrangements and safety devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the work output is to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the machining activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
48
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
49
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Produce
com
ponen
ts u
sing
woodw
ork
ing m
ach
ines
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing d
uri
ng t
he
mach
inin
g
act
ivitie
s:
–
obta
in a
ll th
e nec
essa
ry info
rmation t
o c
arry
out
the
mach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s (d
raw
ings,
sp
ecific
atio
ns)
–
ch
eck
that
the
mac
hin
es t
ools
are
fit f
or
purp
ose
an
d a
re in a
safe
and u
sable
conditio
n
–
ensu
re t
he
work
are
a is
free
fro
m h
azard
s –
en
sure
all
mac
hin
e guar
ds
and s
afet
y dev
ices
ar
e co
rrec
tly
posi
tioned
–
ch
eck
that
dust
ext
ract
ion e
quip
men
t is
fu
nct
ionin
g c
orr
ectly
–
set
and a
dju
st t
he
mac
hin
e to
pro
duce
the
com
ponen
ts t
o t
he
required
spec
ific
ation
–
use
saf
e and a
ppro
ved m
ach
inin
g t
echniq
ues
at
all tim
es
1.3
co
nfirm
that
the
mach
ine
is s
et u
p a
nd r
eady
for
the
mach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s to
be
carr
ied o
ut
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
50
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.4
use
fix
ed/p
ort
able
mac
hin
es,
to incl
ude
seve
n o
f th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
circ
ula
r sa
w
–
ban
d s
aw
–
jig s
aw
–
sander
(eg
face
, bel
t, b
obbin
) –
ro
ute
r –
pla
ner
/thic
knes
ser
–
m
ort
icer
/ten
oner
–
co
mbin
g m
achin
e –
w
ood m
iller
–
sp
indle
mould
er (
single
or
double
) –
ben
ch o
r ped
esta
l drill
–
oth
er s
pec
ial-
purp
ose
mac
hin
e 1.5
m
anip
ula
te t
he
mac
hin
e to
ol co
ntr
ols
saf
ely
and
corr
ectly
in lin
e w
ith o
per
ational
pro
cedure
s
1.6
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts t
o t
he
required
qual
ity
and
within
the
spec
ifie
d d
imen
sional
acc
ura
cy
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
51
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.7
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h c
om
bin
e diffe
rent
featu
res
and c
ove
r te
n o
f th
e fo
llow
ing p
rofile
s:
–
flat
face
s –
par
alle
l fa
ces
–
squar
e fa
ces
–
angula
r/ta
per
ed face
s –
st
epped
fea
ture
s
–
slots
/gro
ove
s –
te
nons
–
mort
ices
–
hal
f-la
p join
ts
–
com
bed
join
ts
–
dove
tail
join
ts
–
rebat
es
–
curv
ed p
rofile
s –
co
nca
ve p
rofile
s –
co
nve
x pro
file
s –
drille
d h
ole
s
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
52
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.8
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts m
ade
from
four
of th
e fo
llow
ing m
ater
ials
:
–
soft
woods
–
har
d w
oods
–
ply
wood
–
blo
ckboard
–
har
dboar
d
–
fibre
boar
d (
MD
F)
–
pla
stic
mat
eria
ls
1.9
ca
rry
out
qual
ity
sam
plin
g c
hec
ks a
t su
itable
in
terv
als
1.1
0
use
appro
priat
e m
easu
ring e
quip
men
t an
d t
ools
to
chec
k five
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
dim
ensi
ons
–
flat
nes
s –
sq
uar
enes
s
–
alig
nm
ent
–
posi
tion
–
pro
file
–
dis
tort
ion/s
trai
ghtn
ess
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
53
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
1
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h m
eet
all of th
e fo
llow
ing
qual
ity
and a
ccura
cy s
tandar
ds:
–
dim
ensi
onal
ly a
ccura
te w
ithin
spec
ific
atio
n
tole
rance
s
–
free
fro
m f
alse
tool cu
ts a
nd m
ater
ial def
ects
–
in
terl
ock
ing c
om
ponen
ts (
join
ts)
are
secu
re
–
appro
priat
e su
rfac
e te
xture
–
m
eet
the
dra
win
g o
r sp
ecific
atio
n r
equirem
ents
1.1
2
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
1.1
3
shut
dow
n t
he
equip
men
t to
a s
afe
conditio
n o
n
concl
usi
on o
f th
e m
ach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s
2.
Know
how
to p
roduce
co
mponen
ts u
sing
woodw
ork
ing m
ach
ines
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
whils
t ca
rryi
ng o
ut
the
wood m
ach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s (i
ncl
udin
g a
ny
spec
ific
leg
isla
tion,
regula
tions
or
codes
of
pra
ctic
e re
lating t
o t
he
activi
ties
, eq
uip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a in w
hic
h t
hey
are
car
ryin
g o
ut
the
mac
hin
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hey
pla
ce o
n t
he
learn
er
2.3
des
crib
e th
e use
of m
achin
e guard
s an
d e
mer
gen
cy
stop m
echan
ism
s 2.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
to s
et u
p a
nd u
se d
ust
ext
ract
ion
equip
men
t, a
nd t
he
import
ance
of en
suring t
he
equip
men
t is
oper
atin
g c
orr
ectly
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
54
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.5
des
crib
e th
e per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d
cloth
ing t
o b
e w
orn
during t
he
mac
hin
ing a
ctiv
itie
s 2.6
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith m
achin
ing
wood a
nd c
om
posi
te m
ater
ials
, an
d h
ow
they
can
be
min
imis
ed
2.7
des
crib
e th
e im
port
ance
of
ensu
ring t
hat
all
mac
hin
e and p
ort
able
tools
are
use
d c
orr
ectly
and
within
thei
r per
mitte
d o
per
atin
g r
ange
2.8
ex
pla
in t
he
nee
d t
o e
nsu
re t
hat
all
plu
gs,
sock
ets
and c
able
s on p
ort
able
mach
ines
are
in a
saf
e an
d
usa
ble
conditio
n
2.9
ex
pla
in h
ow
to o
bta
in t
he
nec
essa
ry job
inst
ruct
ions,
dra
win
gs
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
that
are
use
d d
uring t
he
mach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd h
ow
to
inte
rpre
t th
e in
form
ation
2.1
0
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
mac
hin
es t
hat
are
use
d in
wood m
achin
ing,
and t
he
range
of oper
atio
ns
they
ar
e ca
pab
le o
f per
form
ing (
eg s
awin
g,
pla
nin
g,
rebat
ing,
pro
filin
g)
2.1
1
expla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k th
at t
he
cutt
ing t
ools
are
in a
usa
ble
and s
afe
conditio
n,
and t
he
pro
cedure
for
chan
gin
g t
hes
e w
hen
req
uired
2.1
2
expla
in h
ow
diffe
rent
types
of
mac
hin
es u
se
diffe
rent
met
hods
to fee
d t
he
mat
eria
l to
the
cutt
ing/d
ress
ing t
ool or
surf
ace
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
55
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
met
hods
use
d t
o h
old
the
com
ponen
ts t
hat
are
bei
ng s
haped
, fo
rmed
or
dre
ssed
2.1
4
expla
in h
ow
diffe
rent
mat
eria
ls r
equire
chan
ges
to
the
mac
hin
ing m
ethods
(such
as
roughin
g a
nd
finis
hin
g c
uts
, ch
anges
in fee
d o
r sp
eeds)
2.1
5
expla
in h
ow
to c
onduct
any
nec
essa
ry c
hec
ks t
o
ensu
re t
he
accu
racy
and q
ual
ity
of th
e co
mponen
ts
pro
duce
d,
and t
he
type
of eq
uip
men
t th
at
is u
sed
to c
arry
out
thes
e ch
ecks
2.1
6
expla
in h
ow
to r
ecognis
e def
ects
in t
he
com
ponen
ts,
whic
h m
ay b
e m
ater
ial def
ects
or
those
pro
duce
d t
hro
ugh m
ach
inin
g
2.1
7
expla
in w
hy
it is
import
ant
to k
eep t
he
tools
and
equip
men
t cl
ean a
nd f
ree
from
dam
age,
to p
ract
ice
good h
ouse
keep
ing o
f to
ols
and e
quip
men
t, a
nd t
o
mai
nta
in a
cle
an a
nd u
nobst
ruct
ed w
ork
ing a
rea
2.1
8
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
56
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
57
Unit 6: Producing and finishing components using woodworking hand tools
Unit reference number: T/502/9319
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 70
Guided learning hours: 126
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce wood and composite components for engineering woodworking activities, using hand tools, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate tools to use, based on the type of operations to be performed, the size of the components, and the materials used. The size and complexity of the components produced will vary, but will involve finishing them using hand tools only. The components produced will be used to produce items such as frames, cases, storage units, jigs and fixtures, formers, transportation units, furniture and structures. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying hand-finishing procedures to woodworking. The learner will understand the equipment being used, and its application, and will know about the cutting tools, their function and maintenance requirements, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the work output is to the required specification. The learner will be able to identify blunt and damaged cutting tools, and will know how to sharpen and adjust them in use, in order for them to work efficiently. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the hand-shaping activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
58
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
59
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Produce
and fin
ish
com
ponen
ts u
sing
woodw
ork
ing h
and t
ools
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing d
uring t
he
han
d-
shap
ing a
ctiv
itie
s:
–
obta
in a
ll th
e nec
essa
ry info
rmation t
o c
arry
out
the
han
d-s
hap
ing a
ctiv
itie
s (d
raw
ings,
sp
ecific
atio
ns)
–
ch
eck
that
the
han
d t
ools
are
fit for
purp
ose
and
in a
saf
e and u
sable
conditio
n
–
ensu
re t
he
work
are
a is
free
fro
m h
azard
s –
use
saf
e and a
ppro
ved h
and-s
hap
ing t
echniq
ues
at
all
tim
es
–
mai
nta
in t
he
cutt
ing t
ools
in a
ser
vice
able
co
nditio
n
1.3
fo
llow
rel
evan
t sp
ecific
atio
ns
for
the
com
ponen
t to
be
pro
duce
d
1.4
obta
in t
he
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t fo
r th
e sh
apin
g o
per
atio
ns
and c
hec
k th
ey a
re in a
safe
an
d u
sable
conditio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
60
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.5
use
han
d t
ools
to c
ut
and s
hap
e m
ater
ials
, to
in
clude
six
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
rip s
aws
–
tenon s
aws
–
fret
/bow
saw
s –
ja
ck o
r sm
ooth
ing p
lanes
–
re
bat
ing p
lanes
–
sp
oke
shave
s –
ch
isel
s/gouges
–
drills
/bra
ces
–
file
s/ra
sps
–
sandin
g b
lock
s/paper
1.6
sh
ape
the
mat
eria
ls u
sing a
ppro
priat
e m
ethods
and
tech
niq
ues
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
61
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.7
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h c
om
bin
e diffe
rent
feat
ure
s and c
ove
r ei
ght
of th
e fo
llow
ing p
rofile
s:
–
flat
face
s –
par
alle
l fa
ces
–
squar
e fa
ces
–
angula
r/ta
per
ed face
s –
st
epped
fea
ture
s –
cu
rved
pro
file
s –
co
nca
ve p
rofile
s –
co
nve
x pro
file
s –
ci
rcula
r/ro
und p
rofile
s –
ch
amfe
rs a
nd r
adii
–
drille
d h
ole
s
–
sim
ple
join
ts
1.8
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts m
ade
from
four
of th
e fo
llow
ing m
ater
ials
:
–
soft
woods
–
har
d w
oods
–
ply
wood
–
blo
ckboard
–
har
dboar
d
–
fibre
boar
d (
MD
F)
–
pla
stic
mat
eria
ls
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
62
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.9
ch
eck
that
all
the
required
shap
ing o
per
atio
ns
have
bee
n c
om
ple
ted t
o t
he
required
spec
ific
atio
n
1.1
0
use
appro
priat
e m
easu
ring e
quip
men
t an
d t
ools
to
chec
k five
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
dim
ensi
ons
–
flat
nes
s –
sq
uar
enes
s
–
alig
nm
ent
–
posi
tion
–
pro
file
–
dis
tort
ion/s
trai
ghtn
ess
1.1
1
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h m
eet
all of th
e fo
llow
ing
qual
ity
and a
ccura
cy s
tandar
ds:
–
dim
ensi
onal
ly a
ccura
te w
ithin
spec
ific
atio
n
tole
rance
s
–
free
fro
m f
alse
tool cu
ts a
nd m
ater
ial def
ects
–
in
terl
ock
ing c
om
ponen
ts (
join
ts)
are
secu
re
–
hav
e an
appro
priat
e su
rfac
e te
xture
–
m
eet
the
dra
win
g r
equirem
ents
–
m
eet
com
pan
y an
d c
ust
om
er r
equirem
ents
1.1
2
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
63
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.
Know
how
to p
roduce
and
finis
h c
om
ponen
ts u
sing
woodw
ork
ing h
and t
ools
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
whils
t ca
rryi
ng o
ut
the
wood-s
hap
ing a
ctiv
itie
s (i
ncl
udin
g a
ny
spec
ific
leg
isla
tion,
regula
tions
or
codes
of
pra
ctic
e re
lating t
o t
he
activi
ties
, eq
uip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a in w
hic
h t
hey
are
car
ryin
g o
ut
the
woodw
ork
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hey
pla
ce o
n t
he
learn
er
2.3
des
crib
e th
e per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d
cloth
ing t
o b
e w
orn
during t
he
woodw
ork
ing
activi
ties
2.4
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith c
utt
ing a
nd
shap
ing w
ood a
nd c
om
posi
te m
ater
ials
, and w
ith
the
tools
and e
quip
men
t th
at is
use
d,
and h
ow
they
ca
n b
e m
inim
ised
2.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to o
bta
in t
he
nec
essa
ry job
inst
ruct
ions,
dra
win
gs
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
for
the
woodw
ork
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd h
ow
to inte
rpre
t th
e in
form
atio
n
2.6
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
han
d t
ools
that
are
use
d t
o c
ut
and s
hape
the
mate
rial
s, a
nd t
he
range
of
oper
atio
ns
they
are
cap
able
of
per
form
ing (
eg r
ip
saw
s, t
enon s
aws,
fre
t/bow
saw
s; s
mooth
ing
pla
nes
, ja
ck p
lanes
, re
bat
ing p
lanes
; ch
isel
s an
d
gouges
; file
s an
d r
asp
s; s
poke
shav
es)
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
64
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.7
ex
pla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k th
e cu
ttin
g t
ools
are
in a
usa
ble
and s
afe
conditio
n,
and t
he
pro
cedure
for
shar
pen
ing a
nd a
dju
stin
g t
hes
e w
hen
req
uired
2.8
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
met
hods
use
d t
o h
old
the
com
ponen
ts t
hat
are
bei
ng s
haped
, fo
rmed
or
dre
ssed
by
han
d
2.9
ex
pla
in t
he
nee
d t
o c
onsi
der
gra
in d
irec
tion a
nd
const
ruct
ion w
hen
cutt
ing a
nd s
hap
ing w
ood a
nd
com
posi
tes
2.1
0
expla
in h
ow
to c
onduct
any
nec
essa
ry c
hec
ks t
o
ensu
re t
he
accu
racy
and q
ual
ity
of th
e co
mponen
ts
pro
duce
d,
and t
he
type
of eq
uip
men
t th
at
is u
sed
2.1
1
expla
in h
ow
to r
ecognis
e def
ects
in t
he
com
ponen
ts
(mat
eria
l def
ects
or
those
pro
duce
d t
hro
ugh t
he
cutt
ing a
nd s
hapin
g a
ctiv
itie
s)
2.1
2
expla
in w
hy
it is
import
ant
to k
eep t
he
tools
and
equip
men
t cl
ean a
nd f
ree
from
dam
age,
to p
ract
ice
good h
ouse
keep
ing o
f to
ols
and e
quip
men
t, a
nd t
o
mai
nta
in a
cle
an a
nd u
nobst
ruct
ed w
ork
ing a
rea
2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
65
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
66
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
67
Unit 7: Carrying out wood turning operations
Unit reference number: K/502/9320
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 60
Guided learning hours: 133
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce engineering woodworking components using wood turning machines, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate equipment to use, based on the type of operations to be performed, the size of the components and the materials used. The size and complexity of the components produced will vary, and this will require the learner to set up the necessary machines and their associated workholding devices and tooling, and to make any necessary adjustments during machining in order that the parts produced meet the required specification. The components produced will be used to produce items such as frames, display stands/cases, storage units, jigs and fixtures, formers, transportation units, furniture and structures. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the wood turning activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying wood turning procedures. The learner will understand the equipment being used, and its application, and will know about the tooling, workholding devices, machine setting arrangements and safety devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the work output is to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the machining activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
68
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
69
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Car
ry o
ut
wood t
urn
ing
oper
atio
ns
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing d
uri
ng t
he
mach
inin
g
act
ivitie
s:
–
obta
in a
ll th
e nec
essa
ry info
rmation t
o c
arry
out
the
wood t
urn
ing a
ctiv
itie
s (d
raw
ings,
sp
ecific
atio
ns)
–
ch
eck
that
the
lath
e an
d w
ork
hold
ing d
evic
es a
re
fit
for
purp
ose
and in a
safe
and u
sable
conditio
n
–
ensu
re t
hat
the
work
are
a is
fre
e fr
om
haza
rds
–
ensu
re t
hat
all m
ach
ine
guar
ds
and s
afe
ty
dev
ices
are
corr
ectly
posi
tioned
–
ch
eck
that
dust
ext
ract
ion e
quip
men
t is
fu
nct
ionin
g c
orr
ectly
–
set
and a
dju
st t
he
lath
e to
pro
duce
the
com
ponen
ts t
o t
he
required
spec
ific
ation
–
use
saf
e and a
ppro
ved m
ach
inin
g t
echniq
ues
at
all tim
es
1.3
co
nfirm
that
the
mach
ine
is s
et u
p a
nd r
eady
for
the
mach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s to
be
carr
ied o
ut
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
70
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.4
se
lect
and m
ount/
posi
tion t
ools
/toolr
ests
and
work
hold
ing d
evic
es,
to incl
ude
thre
e fr
om
the
follo
win
g:
–
drive
cen
tre
and t
ails
tock
–
sc
rew
chuck
–
fa
ce p
late
–
ch
uck
s –
sp
ecia
l se
curing d
evic
e
1.5
m
anip
ula
te t
he
mac
hin
e to
ol co
ntr
ols
saf
ely
and
corr
ectly
in lin
e w
ith o
per
ational
pro
cedure
s
1.6
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h c
om
bin
e diffe
rent
feat
ure
s, a
nd w
hic
h c
ove
r te
n o
f th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
flat
face
s –
par
alle
l dia
met
ers
–
step
ped
dia
met
ers
–
taper
ed d
iam
eter
s –
co
nve
x pro
file
s –
co
nca
ve o
r dis
hed
fac
es
–
ta
per
ed face
s –
pro
file
d d
iam
eter
s –
ex
tern
al gro
ove
s or
rece
sses
–
drille
d h
ole
s
–
bore
d h
ole
s –
ra
dii
and c
ham
fers
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
71
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.7
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts m
ade
from
tw
o o
f th
e fo
llow
ing m
ater
ials
:
–
soft
woods
–
har
d w
oods
–
com
posi
te (
such
as
MD
F, U
real)
1.8
ca
rry
out
qual
ity
sam
plin
g c
hec
ks a
t su
itable
in
terv
als
1.9
use
appro
priat
e m
easu
ring e
quip
men
t an
d t
ools
to
chec
k five
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
dim
ensi
ons
–
flat
nes
s –
sq
uar
enes
s
–
posi
tion o
f fe
ature
s –
pro
file
–
dis
tort
ion/s
trai
ghtn
ess
1.1
0
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts t
o t
he
required
qual
ity
and
within
the
spec
ifie
d d
imen
sional
acc
ura
cy
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
72
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
1
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h m
eet
all of th
e fo
llow
ing
qual
ity
and a
ccura
cy s
tandar
ds:
–
dim
ensi
onal
ly a
ccura
te w
ithin
spec
ific
atio
n
tole
rance
s
–
free
fro
m f
alse
tool cu
ts a
nd m
ater
ial def
ects
–
ap
pro
priat
e su
rfac
e te
xture
–
m
eet
the
dra
win
g o
r sp
ecific
atio
n r
equirem
ents
1.1
2
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
1.1
3
shut
dow
n t
he
equip
men
t to
a s
afe
conditio
n o
n
concl
usi
on o
f th
e m
ach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s
2.
Know
how
to c
arry
out
wood t
urn
ing o
per
atio
ns
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
whils
t ca
rryi
ng o
ut
the
wood t
urn
ing a
ctiv
itie
s (i
ncl
udin
g a
ny
spec
ific
leg
isla
tion,
regula
tions
or
codes
of
pra
ctic
e re
lating t
o t
he
activi
ties
, eq
uip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a in w
hic
h t
hey
are
car
ryin
g o
ut
the
wood
turn
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hey
pla
ce
on t
he
lear
ner
2.3
des
crib
e th
e use
of m
achin
e guard
s an
d e
mer
gen
cy
stop m
echan
ism
s 2.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
to s
et u
p a
nd u
se d
ust
ext
ract
ion
equip
men
t, a
nd t
he
import
ance
of en
suring t
he
equip
men
t is
oper
atin
g c
orr
ectly
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
73
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.5
des
crib
e th
e per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d
cloth
ing t
o b
e w
orn
during t
he
wood t
urn
ing
activi
ties
, an
d w
her
e it c
an b
e obta
ined
2.6
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith t
urn
ing w
ood
and c
om
posi
te m
ater
ials
, an
d h
ow
they
can b
e m
inim
ised
2.7
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of en
suring t
hat
the
lath
e,
work
hold
ing d
evic
es a
nd t
urn
ing t
ools
are
use
d
corr
ectly
and w
ithin
thei
r per
mitte
d o
per
atin
g r
ange
2.8
ex
pla
in h
ow
to o
bta
in t
he
nec
essa
ry job
inst
ruct
ions,
dra
win
gs
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
for
the
mac
hin
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd inte
rpre
t th
e in
form
atio
n
2.9
ex
pla
in h
ow
to s
et a
nd a
dju
st t
he
toolres
t fo
r th
e va
rious
oper
atio
ns
bei
ng p
erfo
rmed
2.1
0
des
crib
e th
e ra
nge
of
wood t
urn
ing t
ools
/chis
els
that
are
use
d,
and t
he
diffe
rent
oper
atio
ns
they
are
des
igned
to p
erfo
rm
2.1
1
expla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k th
e w
ood t
urn
ing t
ools
are
in
a usa
ble
and s
afe
conditio
n,
and t
he
pro
cedure
for
chan
gin
g o
r sh
arp
enin
g t
hes
e w
hen
req
uired
2.1
2
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
met
hods
use
d t
o h
old
the
com
ponen
ts t
hat
are
bei
ng t
urn
ed
2.1
3
expla
in h
ow
to p
roduce
drille
d h
ole
s an
d b
ore
d
hole
s in
the
work
pie
ce,
and t
he
equip
men
t th
at is
use
d
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
74
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
4
expla
in w
hy
diffe
rent
mat
eria
ls r
equire
changes
to
the
mac
hin
ing m
ethods
(such
as
roughin
g a
nd
finis
hin
g c
uts
, ch
anges
in fee
d o
r sp
eeds
use
d t
o
cut
them
) 2.1
5
expla
in h
ow
to c
onduct
any
nec
essa
ry c
hec
ks t
o
ensu
re t
he
accu
racy
and q
ual
ity
of th
e co
mponen
ts
pro
duce
d,
and t
he
type
of eq
uip
men
t th
at
is u
sed
for
the
chec
king
2.1
6
expla
in h
ow
to r
ecognis
e def
ects
in t
he
com
ponen
ts
(mat
eria
l def
ects
or
those
pro
duce
d t
hro
ugh
mac
hin
ing)
2.1
7
expla
in w
hy
it is
import
ant
to k
eep t
he
tools
and
equip
men
t cl
ean a
nd f
ree
from
dam
age,
to p
ract
ice
good h
ouse
keep
ing o
f to
ols
and e
quip
men
t, a
nd t
o
mai
nta
in a
cle
an a
nd u
nobst
ruct
ed w
ork
ing a
rea
2.1
8
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
75
Unit 8: Assembling engineering woodwork
Unit reference number: M/502/9321
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 35
Guided learning hours: 77
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assemble wood and composite components for engineering woodwork applications using mechanical fixing devices and adhesives, in accordance with approved procedures. Assemblies produced will include such things as frames, display stands and cases, storage units, jigs and fixtures, formers, transportation units, furniture and structures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate tools and equipment to use, based on the operations to be performed and the type of components to be assembled, and to check that they are in a safe and serviceable condition. The learner will also be expected to select the appropriate fixing devices and adhesives to use, based on the type, size and material of the components to be assembled. The learner will need to identify and create any datums that will be required to locate the components during the assembly process. The size, shape and complexity of the parts to be assembled and the finished workpiece will vary, and it is anticipated that some components will be sub-assembled prior to the final assembly taking place. The assembly activities will also include making all necessary visual and dimensional checks to ensure the assembly meets the required specification. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the woodwork assembly activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the assembly activities, tools, adhesives or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the assembly of woodwork components. The learner will understand the function of the items being assembled, and its application, and will know about the assembly techniques, components, equipment, relevant materials, adhesives and fastening devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the finished assembly is to the required specification.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
76
The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the assembly operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
77
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Ass
emble
engin
eering
woodw
ork
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing d
uring t
he
asse
mbly
act
ivitie
s:
–
obta
in a
nd u
se t
he
corr
ect
issu
e of
docu
men
ts
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
–
com
ply
with r
elev
ant
CO
SH
H s
hee
ts a
nd r
isk
asse
ssm
ent
stan
dar
ds
–
chec
k th
at a
ll to
ols
and e
quip
men
t ar
e in
a s
afe
an
d u
sable
conditio
n
–
obta
in a
ll th
e re
quired
com
ponen
ts a
nd s
ecuring
dev
ices
for
the
ass
embly
–
use
rec
ognis
ed a
nd a
ppro
ved a
ssem
bly
te
chniq
ues
and p
roce
dure
s –
pro
duce
ass
emblie
s w
hic
h c
om
ply
with t
he
spec
ific
atio
n
–
leav
e th
e w
ork
are
a in
a s
afe
conditio
n
1.3
fo
llow
the
rele
vant
inst
ruct
ions,
ass
embly
dra
win
gs
and a
ny
oth
er s
pec
ific
atio
ns
1.4
en
sure
that
the
spec
ifie
d c
om
ponen
ts a
re a
vaila
ble
an
d t
hat
they
are
in a
usa
ble
conditio
n
1.5
use
the
appro
priat
e m
ethods
and t
echniq
ues
to
asse
mble
the
com
ponen
ts in t
hei
r co
rrec
t posi
tions
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
78
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.6
ap
ply
all
of
the
follo
win
g a
ssem
bly
met
hods
and
tech
niq
ues
:
–
en
suring t
hat
corr
ect
and u
ndam
aged
co
mponen
ts a
re u
sed
–
ensu
ring t
hat
the
corr
ect
‘han
d’ of co
mponen
t is
use
d a
t th
e ap
pro
priat
e posi
tion (
left
or
right
han
ded
) –
en
suring t
he
corr
ect
orien
tation,
posi
tion a
nd
alig
nm
ent
of
com
ponen
ts
–
usi
ng c
ram
ps
to h
old
the
com
ponen
ts d
uring t
he
asse
mbly
act
ivitie
s –
se
curi
ng c
om
ponen
ts u
sing m
echan
ical
fast
ener
s (p
ins,
scr
ews,
nai
ls)
–
secu
ring c
om
ponen
ts u
sing a
dhes
ives
1.7
pro
duce
engin
eering w
oodw
ork
ass
emblie
s w
hic
h
incl
ude
four
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
fr
ames
–
st
ora
ge
units
–
show
sta
nds
or
case
s
–
furn
iture
–
jigs
–
fixt
ure
s –
tr
ansp
ort
ation u
nits
–
form
ers
–
stru
cture
s –
oth
er s
pec
ific
ite
ms
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
79
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.8
se
cure
the
com
ponen
ts u
sing t
he
spec
ifie
d
connec
tors
and s
ecuri
ng d
evic
es
1.9
ch
eck
the
com
ple
ted a
ssem
bly
to e
nsu
re t
hat
all
oper
atio
ns
hav
e bee
n c
om
ple
ted a
nd t
he
finis
hed
as
sem
bly
mee
ts t
he
required
spec
ific
atio
n
1.1
0
carr
y out
qual
ity
and a
ccura
cy c
hec
ks w
hic
h incl
ude
six
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
al
ignm
ent
–
posi
tion
–
dim
ensi
ons
–
flat
nes
s –
sq
uar
enes
s –
pro
file
–
dis
tort
ion/s
trai
ghtn
ess
1.1
1
pro
duce
woodw
ork
ass
emblie
s w
hic
h c
om
ply
with
all of
the
follo
win
g s
tandar
ds:
–
dim
ensi
onal
ly a
ccura
te w
ithin
spec
ific
atio
n
tole
rance
s
–
free
fro
m m
ater
ial def
ects
–
in
terl
ock
ing c
om
ponen
ts (
join
ts)
are
secu
re
–
appro
priat
e su
rfac
e te
xture
–
m
eet
the
dra
win
g o
r sp
ecific
atio
n r
equirem
ents
1.1
2
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
80
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.
Know
how
to a
ssem
ble
en
gin
eering w
oodw
ork
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
whils
t ca
rryi
ng o
ut
the
woodw
ork
ass
embly
ac
tivi
ties
(in
cludin
g a
ny
spec
ific
leg
isla
tion,
regula
tions
or
codes
of pra
ctic
e re
lating t
o t
he
activi
ties
, eq
uip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a in w
hic
h t
hey
are
car
ryin
g o
ut
the
woodw
ork
ass
embly
act
ivitie
s, a
nd t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hey
pla
ce o
n t
he
lear
ner
2.3
des
crib
e th
e per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d
cloth
ing t
o b
e w
orn
during t
he
woodw
ork
ass
embly
ac
tivi
ties
, an
d w
her
e it c
an b
e obta
ined
2.4
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith p
roduci
ng
wood a
nd c
om
posi
te a
ssem
blie
s, a
nd h
ow
they
can
be
min
imis
ed
2.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to o
bta
in t
he
nec
essa
ry job
inst
ruct
ions,
dra
win
gs
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
for
the
asse
mbly
act
ivitie
s, a
nd h
ow
to inte
rpre
t th
e in
form
atio
n
2.6
ex
pla
in t
he
com
ponen
t id
entifica
tion s
yste
ms
(eg
codes
and c
om
ponen
t orien
tation indic
ators
, le
ft
and r
ight
han
din
g),
and h
ow
to iden
tify
the
com
ponen
ts t
o b
e use
d
2.7
des
crib
e th
e pre
par
atio
ns
to b
e under
take
n o
n t
he
com
ponen
ts p
rior
to f
itting t
hem
into
the
asse
mbly
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
81
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.8
des
crib
e th
e as
sem
bly
met
hods
and p
roce
dure
s to
be
use
d,
and t
he
import
ance
of
adher
ing t
o t
hes
e pro
cedure
s 2.9
ex
pla
in h
ow
to m
ark
out
the
nec
essa
ry d
atu
m lin
es
for
the
ass
embly
oper
atio
ns
2.1
0
expla
in h
ow
the
com
ponen
ts a
re t
o b
e al
igned
and
posi
tioned
prior
to s
ecuring t
hem
, an
d t
he
tools
and
equip
men
t th
at a
re u
sed
2.1
1
expla
in w
hy
som
e ty
pes
of as
sem
bly
req
uire
the
use
of jigs,
fix
ture
s and g
auges
to a
id t
he
asse
mbly
2.1
2
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
mec
han
ical fa
sten
ers
that
will
be
use
d t
o s
ecure
the
com
ponen
ts,
and t
hei
r m
ethod o
f in
stal
lation (
incl
udin
g p
ins,
nai
ls,
scre
ws
and s
pec
ial se
curing d
evic
es)
2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e ap
plic
ation o
f ad
hes
ives
within
the
asse
mbly
act
ivitie
s, a
nd t
he
pre
cautions
that
must
be
take
n w
hen
work
ing w
ith t
hem
2.1
4
des
crib
e th
e qual
ity
contr
ol pro
cedure
s to
be
follo
wed
during t
he
ass
embly
oper
atio
ns
2.1
5
expla
in h
ow
to c
onduct
any
nec
essa
ry c
hec
ks t
o
ensu
re t
he
accu
racy
and q
ual
ity
of th
e ass
embly
pro
duce
d
2.1
6
expla
in h
ow
to r
ecognis
e def
ects
, ble
mis
hes
, poor
alig
nm
ent,
inef
fect
ive
fast
ener
s an
d d
amaged
co
mponen
ts w
ithin
the
asse
mbly
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
82
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
7
expla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k th
at t
he
tools
and e
quip
men
t to
be
use
d a
re in a
saf
e an
d s
ervi
ceab
le c
onditio
n
2.1
8
des
crib
e th
e im
port
ance
of
ensu
ring t
hat
all
tools
ar
e use
d c
orr
ectly
and w
ithin
thei
r per
mitte
d
oper
atin
g r
ange
2.1
9
expla
in w
hy
it is
import
ant
to k
eep t
he
tools
and
equip
men
t cl
ean a
nd f
ree
from
dam
age,
to p
ract
ice
good h
ouse
keep
ing o
f to
ols
and e
quip
men
t, a
nd t
o
mai
nta
in a
cle
an a
nd u
nobst
ruct
ed w
ork
ing a
rea
2.2
0
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
83
Unit 9: Applying surface finishes to woodwork components and structures
Unit reference number: T/502/9322
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 30
Guided learning hours: 49
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to apply surface finishes to engineering woodwork assemblies or installations, by hand methods, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate equipment to use, based on the materials to be applied and the surface area to be covered. The learner will be expected to use the specified or appropriate techniques to seal, prime, colour, varnish, stain, wax or polish the various parts, using brushes, rollers, pads or cloths, as appropriate to the task. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the finishing activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the finishing activities, components or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying hand-finishing techniques and procedures to woodwork assemblies or installations. The learner will understand the finishing procedures used, and their application, and will know about the finishing techniques, paints or coatings and equipment used, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the work is carried out to the required quality. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the finishing operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
84
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
85
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Apply
surf
ace
finis
hes
to
woodw
ork
com
ponen
ts
and s
truct
ure
s
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
the
follo
win
g a
ctiv
itie
s during t
he
finis
hin
g p
roce
ss:
–
obta
in a
nd follo
w t
he
rele
vant
job inst
ruct
ions
and fin
ishin
g s
pec
ific
atio
ns
–
com
ply
with r
elev
ant
CO
SH
H r
equirem
ents
and
risk
ass
essm
ents
–
pre
par
e th
e to
ols
and m
ater
ials
in r
eadin
ess
for
the
finis
hin
g o
per
atio
ns
–
w
ear
appro
priat
e pro
tect
ive
cloth
ing a
nd
bre
athin
g a
ppar
atus
–
clea
n a
ll to
ols
and e
quip
men
t on c
om
ple
tion o
f th
e finis
hin
g a
ctiv
itie
s –
le
ave
the
work
are
a in
a s
afe
and c
lean
conditio
n
1.3
en
sure
the
mat
eria
l su
rfac
es t
o b
e tr
eate
d a
re
suitab
ly p
repar
ed for
the
finis
hin
g o
per
atio
ns
to b
e ca
rrie
d o
ut
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
86
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.4
pre
par
e fo
r th
e finis
hin
g o
per
atio
ns
by
carr
ying o
ut
six
of th
e fo
llow
ing a
ctiv
itie
s:
–
clea
nin
g
–
flat
tenin
g d
ow
n
–
seal
ing
–
filli
ng
–
mas
king
–
pre
-surf
ace
tre
atm
ents
–
m
ixin
g o
f co
lour
–
m
ixin
g o
f prim
ers
–
strippin
g o
ld fin
ishes
–
re
-act
ivating t
reatm
ents
1.5
ch
eck
that
the
finis
hin
g e
quip
men
t an
d t
reat
men
t so
lutions
are
set
up a
nd m
ainta
ined
at
satisf
act
ory
oper
atin
g c
onditio
ns
and lev
els
1.6
ca
rry
out
the
trea
tmen
t pro
cess
in a
ccord
ance
with
oper
atin
g p
roce
dure
s an
d t
he
com
ponen
t sp
ecific
atio
n r
equirem
ents
1.7
ap
ply
fin
ishes
to f
our
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
doors
and f
ram
es
–
dis
pla
y units/
stan
ds
–
case
s –
st
ora
ge
units
–
jigs
and f
ixtu
res
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
87
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
–
fo
rmer
s –
fu
rniture
–
st
ruct
ure
s –
port
able
scr
eenin
g
–
tran
sport
ation u
nits
–
par
titionin
g
–
oth
er s
pec
ific
ite
ms
1.8
ap
ply
six
typ
es o
f th
e fo
llow
ing fin
ishin
g m
ater
ials
, usi
ng a
ppro
priat
e han
d t
ools
and t
echniq
ues
: –
sa
ndin
g s
eale
r –
w
ater
-base
d p
ain
ts
–
oil/
alk
yd-b
ased
pai
nts
–
sy
nth
etic
pai
nts
–
poly
ure
thane
varn
ish
–
lacq
uer
–
st
ain
–
wax
–
Fr
ench
polis
h
–
tem
pora
ry p
rote
ctiv
e co
atings
–
oth
er s
pec
ial finis
hes
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
88
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.9
ap
ply
fin
ishes
to a
range
of
surf
aces
, to
incl
ude
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
flat
–
horizo
nta
l –
ve
rtic
al
–
ove
rhea
d
–
curv
ed o
r cy
lindri
cal
1.1
0
use
thre
e of th
e fo
llow
ing c
onsu
mab
les:
–
mas
king m
ediu
m a
nd t
ape
–
rubbin
g p
aper
–
ab
rasi
ve p
ads
–
clea
nin
g m
ater
ials
1.1
1
ensu
re t
hat
the
trea
ted w
ork
pie
ce a
chie
ves
the
required
char
acte
rist
ics
and m
eets
the
finis
hin
g
spec
ific
atio
n
1.1
2
apply
fin
ishes
whic
h c
om
ply
with a
ll of th
e fo
llow
ing
qual
ity
and a
ccura
cy s
tandar
ds:
–
has
the
required
surf
ace
coat
ing in lin
e w
ith
spec
ific
atio
n o
r jo
b r
equirem
ents
–
ac
cepta
ble
colo
ur
matc
h a
nd g
loss
lev
els
–
free
fro
m r
uns,
drips
or
oth
er s
urf
ace
def
ects
–
m
eets
cust
om
er/c
om
pan
y re
quirem
ents
1.1
3
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
89
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
4
dis
pose
of
was
te a
nd e
xces
s m
ate
rial
s in
lin
e w
ith
agre
ed o
rgan
isat
ional
pro
cedure
s 1.1
5
shut
dow
n t
he
finis
hin
g e
quip
men
t to
a s
afe
conditio
n o
n c
om
ple
tion o
f th
e pro
cess
ing a
ctiv
itie
s
2.
Know
how
to a
pply
su
rface
fin
ishes
to
woodw
ork
com
ponen
ts
and s
truct
ure
s
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
whils
t ca
rryi
ng o
ut
the
applic
ation o
f pain
t an
d
oth
er s
urf
ace
fin
ishes
(in
cludin
g a
ny
spec
ific
le
gis
lation,
regula
tions
or
codes
of pra
ctic
e re
lating
to t
he
activi
ties
, eq
uip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a in w
hic
h t
hey
are
car
ryin
g o
ut
the
finis
hin
g a
ctiv
ity,
and t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hey
pla
ce
on t
he
lear
ner
2.3
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith c
arry
ing o
ut
han
d p
ainting a
nd fin
ishin
g a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd w
ith t
he
mat
eria
ls a
nd e
quip
men
t use
d,
and h
ow
they
can
be
min
imis
ed
2.4
des
crib
e th
e per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d
cloth
ing t
o b
e w
orn
during t
he
finis
hin
g a
ctiv
ity
2.5
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
types
of
spec
ific
ation t
hat
are
use
d d
uring t
he
finis
hin
g a
ctiv
ity
2.6
des
crib
e th
e ra
nge
of
surf
ace
fin
ishes
that
can
be
applie
d,
and t
he
types
of
surf
ace
s fo
r w
hic
h t
hey
ar
e bes
t su
ited
2.7
des
crib
e th
e pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
and t
echniq
ues
to
be
under
take
n p
rior
to fin
ishin
g for
filli
ng,
and
flat
ting
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
90
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.8
des
crib
e th
e su
rfac
e tr
eatm
ent
met
hods
and
tech
niq
ues
to b
e under
take
n p
rior
to fin
ishin
g
2.9
ex
pla
in h
ow
to d
eter
min
e th
e quan
tities
of finis
hin
g
mat
eria
ls r
equired
and,
wher
e applic
able
, m
ixin
g
ratios
2.1
0
des
crib
e th
e pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
and t
echniq
ues
fo
r m
ixin
g p
aints
, va
rnis
hes
, la
cquer
s, s
tain
s an
d
polis
hes
2.1
1
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
met
hods
of ap
ply
ing t
he
required
fin
ishes
usi
ng b
rush
es,
rolle
rs,
pai
nt
pads
and c
loth
s 2.1
2
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
s fo
r th
e tr
ansp
ort
atio
n a
nd
stora
ge
of
finis
hin
g m
ater
ials
2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e eq
uip
men
t ca
re a
nd c
ontr
ol pro
cedure
s (e
g f
um
e ex
tract
ion s
yste
ms)
2.1
4
des
crib
e th
e cl
eanin
g a
nd m
ain
tenan
ce p
roce
dure
s fo
r bru
shes
and r
olle
rs
2.1
5
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
s fo
r dea
ling w
ith w
ast
e m
ater
ials
2.1
6
expla
in h
ow
to r
ecognis
e def
ects
such
as
bubble
s,
conta
min
ation,
runs
and o
ther
surf
ace
def
ects
2.1
7
des
crib
e th
e pro
ble
ms
that
can o
ccur
with t
he
finis
hin
g o
per
atio
ns,
and h
ow
thes
e ca
n b
e ove
rcom
e 2.1
8
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
91
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
92
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
93
Unit 10: Installing woodwork structures, furniture and fittings
Unit reference number: A/502/9323
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 40
Guided learning hours: 91
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to install engineering woodwork and composite structures, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate tools and equipment to use, based on the operations to be performed and the units or structures to be installed. The items to be installed will include such as doors and frames, studded walls, built-in storage cupboards and filing units, partitioning, security screens and doors, display stands and units, portable screens and other similar items. The size, shape and complexity of the parts to be installed will vary, and it is anticipated that some parts will be trial assembled prior to installation taking place. The learner will be required to select the most appropriate fixing methods and devices, based on the size and weight of the components and structures installed, and the materials to which the structures are being fastened. The learner will also be expected to create all necessary datums that are required for the correct location of the structures during the installation activities. The installation activities will include making all necessary checks and adjustments to ensure that components and structures are correctly positioned and aligned and, where appropriate, that they function correctly. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the installation activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the installation activities, components or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying installation techniques and procedures. The learner will understand the items being installed, and will know about the relevant fastening and securing devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities to the required specification.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
94
The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the installation operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
95
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
In
stal
l w
oodw
ork
st
ruct
ure
s, furn
iture
and
fitt
ings
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
the
follo
win
g a
ctiv
itie
s during t
he
inst
alla
tion:
–
obta
in a
nd u
se a
ppro
priat
e in
stal
lation d
raw
ings,
in
stru
ctio
ns,
ske
tches
or
spec
ific
atio
ns
–
adher
e to
rel
evan
t C
OSH
H r
equirem
ents
, risk
as
sess
men
ts a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t sa
fety
sta
ndar
ds
–
ch
eck
that
all
tools
and e
quip
men
t use
d d
uring
the
inst
alla
tion a
re in a
safe
and u
sable
conditio
n
–
ensu
re t
hat
the
work
are
a is
fre
e fr
om
haza
rds
and is
larg
e en
ough t
o c
om
ple
te t
he
inst
alla
tion
–
use
saf
e and a
ppro
ved inst
alla
tion t
echniq
ues
an
d p
roce
dure
s at
all
tim
es
–
retu
rn a
ll to
ols
and e
quip
men
t to
the
corr
ect
loca
tion o
n c
om
ple
tion o
f th
e ac
tivi
ties
–
le
ave
the
work
are
a in a
saf
e and d
ebris-
free
co
nditio
n
1.3
fo
llow
all
rele
vant
dra
win
gs
and s
pec
ific
ations
for
the
inst
alla
tion b
eing c
arri
ed o
ut
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
96
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.4
ap
ply
inst
alla
tion m
ethods
and t
echniq
ues
to
incl
ude
four
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
posi
tionin
g a
nd a
lignin
g
–
leve
lling
–
apply
ing s
eala
nts
–
drilli
ng m
aso
nry
–
se
ttin
g w
ork
ing c
lear
ance
1.5
use
the
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t fo
r th
e in
stal
lation o
per
ations
and c
hec
k th
at
they
are
in a
sa
fe a
nd u
sable
conditio
n
1.6
use
a r
ange
of han
d a
nd p
ort
able
pow
er t
ools
during t
he
inst
alla
tion,
to incl
ude
five
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
drills
–
sa
ws
–
pla
nes
–
sa
nder
s –
im
pac
t drive
rs
–
nai
l guns
–
clam
ps/
cram
ps
–
brick
/sto
new
ork
cutt
ers
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
97
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.7
use
thre
e of th
e fo
llow
ing t
ypes
of m
echanic
al
secu
ring d
evic
es:
–
wood s
crew
s
–
nai
ls
–
mas
onry
fix
ing d
evic
es
–
adhes
ives
–
nuts
and b
olts
–
spec
ial purp
ose
or
quic
k-re
leas
e fa
sten
ers
1.8
in
stal
l, p
osi
tion a
nd s
ecure
the
equip
men
t an
d
com
ponen
ts in a
ccord
ance
with t
he
spec
ific
atio
n
1.9
in
stal
l five
of th
e fo
llow
ing t
ypes
of st
ruct
ure
s:
–
doors
and f
ram
es
–
studded
wal
ls
–
built
-in s
tora
ge
cupboar
ds
–
w
indow
fra
mes
–
par
titionin
g
–
secu
rity
scr
eens
–
secu
rity
doors
–
dis
pla
y st
ands
and u
nits
–
port
able
scr
eens
–
oth
er ite
ms
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
98
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
0
inst
all st
ruct
ure
s to
thre
e of
the
follo
win
g:
–
brick
work
wal
ls/f
loors
–
st
udded
/pla
ster
boar
d w
alls
/cei
lings
–
exis
ting furn
iture
/fittings
–
new
str
uct
ure
s –
st
ruct
ura
l st
eelw
ork
–
fa
bri
cate
d s
truct
ure
s 1.1
1
pro
duce
inst
alla
tions
whic
h c
om
ply
with a
ll of
the
follo
win
g q
ual
ity
and a
ccura
cy s
tandar
ds:
–
dim
ensi
onal
acc
ura
cy is
within
spec
ific
atio
n/j
ob
requirem
ents
–
in
stal
led s
truct
ure
s ar
e co
rrec
tly
alig
ned
, le
vel
and s
ecure
–
al
l m
ovi
ng p
arts
oper
ate
corr
ectly
without
stic
king
–
inst
alla
tion m
eets
com
pan
y/cu
stom
er
requirem
ents
1.1
2
ensu
re t
hat
all nec
essa
ry c
onnec
tions
to t
he
equip
men
t ar
e co
mple
te
1.1
3
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
1.1
4
chec
k th
at t
he
inst
alla
tion is
com
ple
te a
nd t
hat
all
com
ponen
ts a
re f
ree
from
dam
age
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
99
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.
Know
how
to inst
all
woodw
ork
str
uct
ure
s,
furn
iture
and fittings
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pra
ctic
es a
nd
pro
cedure
s th
at t
hey
nee
d t
o o
bse
rve
when
in
stal
ling e
ngin
eeri
ng w
oodw
ork
str
uct
ure
s (i
ncl
udin
g a
ny
spec
ific
leg
isla
tion,
regula
tions/
codes
of pra
ctic
e fo
r th
e act
ivitie
s, e
quip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a w
her
e th
ey a
re c
arry
ing o
ut
the
inst
alla
tion a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hey
pla
ce o
n t
he
learn
er
2.3
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciat
ed w
ith inst
allin
g
woodw
ork
str
uct
ure
s an
d a
ssem
blie
s, a
nd w
ith t
he
tools
and e
quip
men
t use
d,
and h
ow
they
can
be
min
imis
ed
2.4
des
crib
e th
e pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t th
at t
hey
nee
d
to u
se f
or
both
per
sonal
pro
tect
ion a
nd t
he
pro
tect
ion o
f oth
er p
eople
in t
he
nea
r vi
cinity
2.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to o
bta
in t
he
nec
essa
ry job
inst
ruct
ions,
dra
win
gs
or
inst
alla
tion s
pec
ific
ations
for
the
work
bei
ng c
arr
ied o
ut
2.6
des
crib
e th
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t use
d in t
he
inst
alla
tion a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd h
ow
to c
hec
k th
at t
hey
ar
e in
a s
afe
and u
sable
conditio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
100
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.7
des
crib
e th
e im
port
ance
of
chec
king t
hat
all
plu
gs,
so
cket
s an
d c
able
s on e
xten
sion lea
ds
are
in a
safe
an
d u
ndam
aged
conditio
n
2.8
ex
pla
in h
ow
to p
repare
the
site
/are
a fo
r th
e in
stal
lation,
incl
udin
g m
arki
ng o
ut
vert
ical
and
horizo
nta
l fixi
ng lin
es/d
atum
s 2.9
des
crib
e th
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t th
at c
an b
e use
d
to d
eter
min
e an
d m
ark
out
the
required
dat
um
s (s
uch
as
spirit lev
els,
plu
mb b
obs
and lase
r le
velli
ng d
evic
es)
2.1
0
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
types
of
fixi
ng d
evic
es t
hat
are
use
d t
o s
ecure
the
stru
cture
s to
the
required
su
rface
s (i
ncl
udin
g w
ood s
crew
s, m
aso
nry
fix
ing
dev
ices
, ra
wl plu
gs,
cav
ity-
wal
l fixi
ng d
evic
es,
nai
ls
and a
dhes
ives
) 2.1
1
des
crib
e th
e im
port
ance
of usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
fast
ener
s fo
r th
e par
ticu
lar
inst
alla
tion
2.1
2
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
s fo
r obta
inin
g t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t, c
om
ponen
ts a
nd fast
ener
s fo
r th
e ac
tivi
ties
2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e te
chniq
ues
use
d t
o p
osi
tion,
alig
n,
adju
st a
nd s
ecure
the
com
ponen
ts t
o t
he
required
su
rface
s w
ithout
causi
ng d
am
age
to t
he
stru
cture
or
surr
oundin
g a
reas
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
101
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
4
des
crib
e th
e m
ethods
of lif
ting,
han
dlin
g a
nd
support
ing t
he
com
ponen
ts/e
quip
men
t during t
he
inst
alla
tion a
ctiv
itie
s 2.1
5
des
crib
e th
e use
of fr
ame
seal
ant
and a
dhes
ives
, an
d t
he
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken w
hen
usi
ng t
hem
2.1
6
expla
in h
ow
to c
onduct
the
nec
essa
ry c
hec
ks t
o
ensu
re t
he
inte
grity
, fu
nct
ionalit
y, a
ccura
cy a
nd
qual
ity
of
the
inst
alla
tion
2.1
7
expla
in h
ow
to r
ecognis
e in
stal
lation d
efec
ts (
such
as
mis
alig
nm
ent,
inef
fect
ive
fast
ener
s, d
am
age
or
conta
min
ation)
2.1
8
des
crib
e th
e pro
ble
ms
that
can o
ccur
with t
he
inst
alla
tion o
per
ations,
and h
ow
thes
e ca
n b
e ove
rcom
e
2.1
9
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
102
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
103
Unit 11: Marking out pattern, corebox or model components
Unit reference number: F/502/9324
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 21
Guided learning hours: 56
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to prepare for and mark out materials and components used in the production of pattern, corebox or model parts, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will need to interpret correctly the information contained in the drawings, instructions and specifications, which will relate to the production of set-outs, or to the marking out of component parts or the full pattern/model. The learner will be required to select the appropriate marking-out equipment to be used, based on the features to be marked out and the accuracy required, and this will include the use of precision instruments. The learner will need to use these instruments to mark out datums, allowances and cutting lines that will be used in the production of the required components or full patterns/models. Materials to be marked out will include ferrous, non-ferrous, non-metallic and composites, which may be in sheet form, sections (such as square/rectangular, round, hexagonal), part-machined components or subassemblies. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the marking out activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the marking-out equipment, materials or activities that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying marking out methods and procedures to patterns, coreboxes or model components. The learner’s knowledge will be sufficient to enable them to identify incomplete, conflicting or inadequate information, and to undertake the marking-out activities to the required specification. The learner will know why different tools are required to mark out different materials, and why it is important to mark out accurately. The learner will understand why measuring instruments are calibrated and the reasons why calibration records need to be maintained as part of the quality control programme.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
104
The learner will understand the safety precautions required when working with marking out mediums, tools and equipment. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
105
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Mar
k out
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
com
ponen
ts
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
obta
in a
nd u
se t
he
corr
ect
info
rmation for
the
mar
king o
ut
activi
ties
, to
incl
ude
thre
e fr
om
the
follo
win
g:
–
dra
win
gs
–
spec
ific
atio
ns
–
verb
al in
stru
ctio
ns
–
sket
ches
1.3
obta
in t
he
appro
priat
e m
arki
ng-o
ut
equip
men
t an
d
chec
k th
at it
is in a
usa
ble
conditio
n
1.4
use
a r
ange
of m
arki
ng-o
ut
equip
men
t ap
pro
priat
e to
the
mate
rial
and f
eatu
res
to b
e m
ark
ed o
ut,
to
incl
ude
six
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
ru
les
or
tapes
–
div
ider
s, c
om
pas
s or
tram
mel
s –
sc
riber
s or
kniv
es
–
stra
ight
edges
–
punch
es
–
scri
bin
g b
lock
s –
m
arki
ng g
auges
–
bev
el g
auges
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
106
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
–
pen
cils
–
sq
uar
es
–
pro
tract
ors
–
ve
rnie
r in
stru
men
ts
1.5
pre
par
e su
itab
le d
atum
s an
d m
arki
ng-o
ut
surf
aces
1.6
m
ark
out
usi
ng a
ppro
priat
e m
ethods
1.7
use
mar
king-o
ut
met
hods
and t
echniq
ues
whic
h
incl
ude
one
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
direc
t m
arki
ng o
ut
of w
ood a
nd c
om
posi
te
mat
eria
ls
–
direc
t m
arki
ng o
ut
of m
etalli
c m
ater
ials
–
use
of
tem
pla
tes
–
trac
ing/t
ransf
er m
ethods
1.8
m
ark
out
two o
f th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
se
t-out
–
pat
tern
or
core
box
com
ponen
t par
ts
–
full
pat
tern
or
mould
–
fu
ll-si
ze m
odel
–
sc
ale
model
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
107
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.9
m
ark
out
work
pie
ces
to incl
ude
six
of
the
follo
win
g
feat
ure
s:
–
dat
um
s/ce
ntr
e lin
es
–
mac
hin
ing a
llow
ance
s –
sq
uar
e/re
ctan
gula
r pro
file
s –
an
gle
s/an
gula
r pro
file
s –
ta
per
s –
ci
rcle
s –
co
nto
ure
d p
rofile
s –
lin
ear
hole
posi
tions
(cen
tred
and b
oxe
d)
–
radia
l hole
posi
tions
–
runner
chan
nel
s –
in
gat
es
–
core
prints
–
lo
cation p
oin
ts
–
join
t lin
es
1.1
0
chec
k th
at t
he
mar
king o
ut
com
plie
s w
ith t
he
spec
ific
atio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
108
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
1
pro
duce
mar
ked-o
ut
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h m
eet
all
of
the
follo
win
g q
ual
ity
and a
ccura
cy s
tandar
ds:
–
dim
ensi
onal
ly a
ccura
te t
o d
raw
ing o
r sp
ecific
atio
n
–
clea
rly
def
ined
lin
es a
nd p
rofile
s (j
oin
t lin
es,
mac
hin
ing a
llow
ance
s)
–
was
te m
ater
ial is
cle
arly
iden
tified
–
dat
um
fac
es/p
oin
ts a
re c
lear
ly iden
tified
1.1
2
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
reso
lved
2.
Know
how
to m
ark
out
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
co
mponen
ts
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
when
mar
king o
ut
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
co
mponen
ts,
and w
ith t
he
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d
mar
king m
ediu
ms
that
are
use
d
2.2
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith t
he
mar
king-
out
act
ivitie
s (m
arki
ng-o
ut
med
ium
s, e
quip
men
t use
d,
lifting a
nd h
andlin
g s
hee
t m
ater
ial, long
length
s of
mat
eria
ls,
splin
ters
fro
m w
ood),
and h
ow
th
ey c
an b
e m
inim
ised
2.3
des
crib
e th
e pro
cess
to b
e ad
opte
d for
obta
inin
g
the
required
dra
win
gs
and job inst
ruct
ions
2.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
xtra
ct info
rmat
ion fro
m
engin
eering d
raw
ings
and r
elat
ed s
pec
ific
ations
(to
incl
ude
sym
bols
and c
onve
ntions
in r
elat
ion t
o w
ork
under
take
n,
firs
t an
d t
hird a
ngle
pro
ject
ions)
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
109
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.5
des
crib
e th
e princi
ple
s of m
arki
ng o
ut
and t
he
type
of eq
uip
men
t use
d (
to incl
ude
han
d a
nd p
reci
sion
inst
rum
ents
) 2.6
des
crib
e th
e ra
nge
of
oper
atio
ns
that
the
various
mar
king-o
ut
equip
men
t is
cap
able
of
per
form
ing
2.7
ex
pla
in h
ow
to p
repare
the
mat
eria
ls f
or
the
mar
king-o
ut
activi
ties
, in
ord
er t
o e
nhan
ce c
larity
, ac
cura
cy a
nd s
afe
ty (
visu
ally
chec
king f
or
def
ects
, pre
par
ing t
he
mat
eria
ls,
rem
ovi
ng s
harp
corn
ers
and e
dges
, ap
ply
ing a
mar
king-o
ut
med
ium
wher
e ap
plic
able
) 2.8
ex
pla
in h
ow
to s
elec
t an
d e
stablis
h s
uitable
dat
um
s 2.9
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of en
suring t
hat
mark
ing
out
is u
nder
take
n fro
m t
he
sele
cted
dat
um
s, a
nd
the
poss
ible
effec
ts o
f w
ork
ing fro
m d
iffe
rent
dat
um
s 2.1
0
des
crib
e th
e m
ethods
of hold
ing a
nd s
upport
ing
work
pie
ces
during t
he
mar
king o
ut
act
ivitie
s, a
nd
the
equip
men
t th
at c
an b
e use
d
2.1
1
des
crib
e th
e use
of m
arki
ng-o
ut
conve
ntions
when
m
arki
ng o
ut
the
work
pie
ce (
incl
udin
g d
atum
s;
cutt
ing g
uid
elin
es;
taper
s; c
ore
prints
and s
ets;
sq
uar
e an
d r
ecta
ngula
r pro
file
s; c
ircu
lar
and r
adia
l pro
file
s; a
ngle
s; h
ole
s w
hic
h a
re lin
early
posi
tioned
, boxe
d a
nd o
n p
itch
cir
cles
)
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
110
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
2
des
crib
e th
e use
of
scal
es w
hen
mar
king o
ut
model
s an
d m
odel
par
ts
2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e use
of
contr
action r
ule
s w
hen
mar
king
out
patt
ern a
nd c
ore
box
com
ponen
ts
2.1
4
des
crib
e th
e w
ays
of
layi
ng o
ut
the
mar
king-o
ut
shap
es o
r pat
tern
s to
max
imis
e th
e use
of
mat
eria
ls
2.1
5
des
crib
e th
e use
of
sett
ing a
nd a
dju
stin
g t
ools
(s
uch
as
squar
es,
mar
king g
auges
, pro
tract
ors
and
vern
iers
) 2.1
6
expla
in t
he
import
ance
of usi
ng t
ools
only
for
the
purp
ose
inte
nded
; th
e ca
re t
hat
is
required
when
usi
ng t
he
equip
men
t an
d t
ools
; th
e pro
per
way
of
storing t
ools
and e
quip
men
t bet
wee
n o
per
atio
ns
2.1
7
expla
in t
he
nee
d for
clea
r lin
es a
nd d
imen
sional
ac
cura
cy in m
arki
ng o
ut
to s
pec
ific
atio
n a
nd
dra
win
g r
equirem
ents
2.1
8
des
crib
e th
e th
ings
that
can
go w
rong w
ith t
he
mar
king-o
ut
activi
ties
, an
d h
ow
thes
e ca
n b
e av
oid
ed
2.1
9
des
crib
e th
e st
andar
ds
to b
e at
tain
ed a
nd c
om
pan
y qual
ity
contr
ol pro
cedure
s 2.2
0
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
111
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
112
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
113
Unit 12: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using woodworking machines
Unit reference number: J/502/9325
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 60
Guided learning hours: 91
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce pattern, corebox or model components using woodworking machine tools, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate equipment to use, based on the type of operations to be performed, the size of the components, and the materials used. The production of the components will involve the use of both fixed and portable conventional machines, which are designed specifically for wood and composite materials. The size and complexity of the components produced will vary, and this will require the learner to set up the necessary machines and their associated tooling, and to make any necessary adjustments during machining in order that the parts produced meet the required specification. The components produced will be used to produce loose or plated patterns (with and without cores), coreboxes, and various types of full-and scale models. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the machining activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying woodwork machining procedures. The learner will understand the equipment being used, and its application, and will know about the tooling, machine setting and workholding arrangements, and safety devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the work output is produced to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the wood machining activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
114
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
115
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Produce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
com
ponen
ts
usi
ng w
oodw
ork
ing
mac
hin
es
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing d
uri
ng t
he
mach
inin
g
act
ivitie
s:
–
obta
in a
ll th
e nec
essa
ry info
rmation t
o c
arry
out
the
mach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s (d
raw
ings,
sp
ecific
atio
ns)
–
ch
eck
that
the
mac
hin
e to
ols
are
fit f
or
purp
ose
an
d a
re in a
safe
and u
sable
conditio
n
–
ensu
re t
he
work
are
a is
free
fro
m h
azard
s –
en
sure
all
mac
hin
e guar
ds
and s
afet
y dev
ices
ar
e co
rrec
tly
posi
tioned
–
ch
eck
that
dust
ext
ract
ion e
quip
men
t is
fu
nct
ionin
g c
orr
ectly
–
set
and a
dju
st t
he
mac
hin
e to
pro
duce
the
com
ponen
ts t
o t
he
required
spec
ific
ation
–
use
saf
e and a
ppro
ved m
ach
inin
g t
echniq
ues
at
all tim
es
1.3
co
nfirm
that
the
mach
ine
is s
et u
p a
nd r
eady
for
the
mach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s to
be
carr
ied o
ut
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
116
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.4
use
fix
ed a
nd p
ort
able
mach
ines
, to
incl
ude
five
of
the
follo
win
g:
–
ci
rcula
r sa
w
–
ban
d s
aw
–
sander
(eg
face
, bel
t, b
obbin
) –
jig s
aw
–
route
r –
pla
ner
/thic
knes
ser
–
wood m
iller
–
w
ood lat
he
–
ben
ch o
r ped
esta
l drill
1.5
m
anip
ula
te t
he
mac
hin
e to
ol co
ntr
ols
saf
ely
and
corr
ectly
in lin
e w
ith o
per
ational
pro
cedure
s 1.6
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h c
om
bin
e diffe
rent
feat
ure
s and c
ove
r al
l of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
flat
face
s –
par
alle
l fa
ces
–
squar
e fa
ces
–
angula
r/ta
per
ed face
s
–
step
ped
fea
ture
s –
cu
rved
pro
file
s –
co
nca
ve p
rofile
s –
co
nve
x pro
file
s –
ci
rcula
r/ro
und p
rofile
s –
drille
d h
ole
s
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
117
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.7
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts m
ade
from
tw
o o
f th
e fo
llow
ing m
ater
ials
:
–
soft
woods
–
har
d w
oods
–
com
posi
te
–
resi
n
1.8
ca
rry
out
qual
ity
sam
plin
g c
hec
ks a
t su
itable
in
terv
als
1.9
use
appro
priat
e m
easu
ring e
quip
men
t an
d t
ools
to
chec
k fo
ur
of
the
follo
win
g:
–
dim
ensi
ons
–
flat
nes
s –
sq
uar
enes
s
–
posi
tion
–
conce
ntr
icity
–
dis
tort
ion/s
trai
ghtn
ess
1.1
0
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts t
o t
he
required
qual
ity
and
within
the
spec
ifie
d d
imen
sional
acc
ura
cy
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
118
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
1
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h m
eet
all of th
e fo
llow
ing
qual
ity
and a
ccura
cy s
tandar
ds:
–
dim
ensi
onal
ly a
ccura
te w
ithin
spec
ific
atio
n
tole
rance
s
–
free
fro
m f
alse
tool cu
ts a
nd m
ater
ial def
ects
–
ap
pro
priat
e su
rfac
e finis
h
–
mee
t th
e dra
win
g r
equirem
ents
–
m
eet
com
pan
y an
d c
ust
om
er r
equirem
ents
1.1
2
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
1.1
3
shut
dow
n t
he
equip
men
t to
a s
afe
conditio
n o
n
concl
usi
on o
f th
e m
ach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s
2.
Know
how
to p
roduce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
co
mponen
ts u
sing
woodw
ork
ing m
ach
ines
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
whils
t ca
rryi
ng o
ut
the
wood m
ach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s (i
ncl
udin
g a
ny
spec
ific
leg
isla
tion,
regula
tions
or
codes
of
pra
ctic
e re
lating t
o t
he
activi
ties
, eq
uip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a in w
hic
h t
hey
are
car
ryin
g o
ut
the
wood
mac
hin
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hes
e re
quirem
ents
pla
ce o
n t
he
lear
ner
2.3
des
crib
e th
e use
of m
achin
e guard
s an
d e
mer
gen
cy
stop m
echan
ism
s
2.4
ex
pla
in h
ow
to s
et u
p a
nd u
se d
ust
ext
ract
ion
equip
men
t, a
nd t
he
import
ance
of en
suring t
he
equip
men
t is
oper
atin
g c
orr
ectly
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
119
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.5
des
crib
e th
e per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d
cloth
ing t
o b
e w
orn
during t
he
wood m
achin
ing
activi
ties
2.6
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith m
achin
ing
wood a
nd c
om
posi
te p
atte
rn o
r m
odel
mat
eria
ls,
and h
ow
they
can
be
min
imis
ed
2.7
des
crib
e th
e im
port
ance
of
ensu
ring t
hat
all
mac
hin
e and p
ort
able
tools
are
use
d c
orr
ectly
and
within
thei
r per
mitte
d o
per
atin
g r
ange
2.8
ex
pla
in t
he
nee
d t
o e
nsu
re t
hat
all
plu
gs,
sock
ets
and c
able
s on p
ort
able
mach
ines
are
in a
saf
e an
d
usa
ble
conditio
n
2.9
ex
pla
in h
ow
to o
bta
in t
he
nec
essa
ry job
inst
ruct
ions,
dra
win
gs
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
to b
e use
d
during t
he
mac
hin
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd h
ow
to
inte
rpre
t th
e in
form
ation c
onta
ined
in t
hem
2.1
0
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
mac
hin
es t
hat
are
use
d in
wood m
achin
ing,
and t
he
range
of oper
atio
ns
they
ar
e ca
pab
le o
f per
form
ing (
eg s
awin
g,
pla
nin
g,
rebat
ing,
turn
ing,
pro
filin
g)
2.1
1
expla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k th
at c
utt
ing t
ools
(su
ch a
s ch
isel
s, s
aw
bla
des
, drills
, m
illin
g c
utt
ers)
are
in a
usa
ble
and s
afe
conditio
n,
and t
he
pro
cedure
for
shar
pen
ing o
r ch
angin
g t
hes
e w
hen
req
uired
2.1
2
expla
in h
ow
diffe
rent
types
of
mac
hin
e use
diffe
rent
met
hods
to fee
d t
he
mat
eria
l to
the
cutt
ing/d
ress
ing t
ool or
surf
ace
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
120
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
met
hods
use
d t
o h
old
the
com
ponen
ts b
eing s
hap
ed,
form
ed o
r dre
ssed
(iv
)
2.1
4
expla
in h
ow
diffe
rent
mat
eria
ls r
equire
chan
ges
to
the
mac
hin
ing m
ethods
(such
as
roughin
g a
nd
finis
hin
g c
uts
, ch
anges
in fee
d o
r sp
eeds
use
d t
o
cut
them
) 2.1
5
expla
in h
ow
to c
onduct
any
nec
essa
ry c
hec
ks t
o
ensu
re t
he
accu
racy
and q
ual
ity
of th
e patt
ern
com
ponen
ts o
r m
odel
s pro
duce
d,
and t
he
type
of
equip
men
t th
at is
use
d for
mak
ing t
he
chec
ks
2.1
6
expla
in h
ow
to r
ecognis
e def
ects
in t
he
com
ponen
ts
(mat
eria
l def
ects
or
those
pro
duce
d t
hro
ugh
mac
hin
ing)
2.1
7
expla
in w
hy
it is
import
ant
to k
eep t
he
tools
and
equip
men
t cl
ean a
nd f
ree
from
dam
age,
to p
ract
ice
good h
ouse
keep
ing o
f to
ols
and e
quip
men
t, a
nd t
o
mai
nta
in a
cle
an a
nd u
nobst
ruct
ed w
ork
ing a
rea
2.1
8
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
121
Unit 13: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using metalworking machines
Unit reference number: L/502/9326
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 60
Guided learning hours: 119
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce pattern, corebox or model components using machine tools, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate equipment to use, based on the type of operations to be performed, the size of the components and the materials to be used. The production of the components will involve the use of both fixed and portable conventional machines, which are designed specifically for metallic materials. The size and complexity of the components produced will vary, and this will require the learner to set up the necessary machines and their associated tooling, and to make any necessary adjustments during machining in order that the parts produced meet the required specification. The components produced will be used to produce loose or plated patterns (with and without cores), coreboxes, and various types of full and scale models. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the machining activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying metalwork machining procedures. The learner will understand the equipment being used, and its application, and will know about the tooling, machine setting arrangements and safety devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the work output is to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the machining activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
122
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
123
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Pr
oduce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
com
ponen
ts
usi
ng m
etal
work
ing
mac
hin
es
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing d
uri
ng t
he
mach
inin
g
act
ivitie
s:
–
obta
in a
ll th
e nec
essa
ry info
rmation t
o c
arry
out
the
mach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s (d
raw
ings,
sp
ecific
atio
ns)
–
ch
eck
that
the
mac
hin
e an
d its
tools
are
fit for
purp
ose
and a
re in a
safe
and u
sable
conditio
n
–
ensu
re t
hat
the
work
are
a is
fre
e fr
om
haza
rds
–
ensu
re t
hat
all m
ach
ine
guar
ds
and s
afe
ty
dev
ices
are
corr
ectly
posi
tioned
–
se
t an
d a
dju
st t
he
mac
hin
e to
pro
duce
the
com
ponen
ts t
o t
he
required
spec
ific
ation
–
use
saf
e and a
ppro
ved m
ach
inin
g t
echniq
ues
at
all tim
es
1.3
co
nfirm
that
the
mach
ine
is s
et u
p a
nd r
eady
for
the
mach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s to
be
carr
ied o
ut
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
124
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.4
use
fix
ed m
achin
es t
o incl
ude
thre
e of
the
follo
win
g:
–
m
illin
g
–
turn
ing
–
elec
tro-d
isch
arge
–
grindin
g
–
drilli
ng
–
ban
d s
awin
g
–
linis
hin
g
–
jig b
oring
1.5
use
port
able
mach
ines
to c
arry
out
all of
the
follo
win
g a
ctiv
itie
s:
–
form
hole
s
–
polis
h s
urf
aces
–
ble
nd join
ts
1.6
m
anip
ula
te t
he
mac
hin
e to
ol co
ntr
ols
saf
ely
and
corr
ectly
in lin
e w
ith o
per
ational
pro
cedure
s 1.7
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts t
o t
he
required
qual
ity
and
within
the
spec
ifie
d d
imen
sional
acc
ura
cy
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
125
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.8
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h c
om
bin
e diffe
rent
featu
res
and c
ove
r te
n o
f th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
flat
face
s –
par
alle
l fa
ces
–
squar
e fa
ces
–
angula
r/ta
per
ed face
s
–
step
ped
fea
ture
s –
sl
ots
and r
eces
ses
–
par
alle
l dia
met
ers
–
taper
ed d
iam
eter
s –
bore
s –
cu
rved
pro
file
s –
co
nca
ve p
rofile
s –
co
nve
x pro
file
s –
er
oded
form
s –
drille
d h
ole
s –
th
read
ed h
ole
s –
co
unte
r bore
d o
r co
unte
rsunk
hole
s
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
126
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.9
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts m
ade
from
tw
o o
f th
e fo
llow
ing m
ater
ials
:
–
low
car
bon s
teel
–
hig
h c
arbon s
teel
–
ca
st iro
n
–
stai
nle
ss s
teel
–
al
um
iniu
m
–
bra
ss/b
ronze
–
non-m
etal
lic
1.1
0
carr
y out
qual
ity
sam
plin
g c
hec
ks a
t su
itable
in
terv
als
1.1
1
use
appro
priat
e m
easu
ring e
quip
men
t an
d t
ools
to
chec
k fo
ur
of
the
follo
win
g:
–
dim
ensi
ons
–
flat
nes
s –
sq
uar
enes
s –
pro
file
–
hole
posi
tion
–
conce
ntr
icity
–
dis
tort
ion/s
trai
ghtn
ess
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
127
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
2
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h m
eet
all of th
e fo
llow
ing
qual
ity
and a
ccura
cy s
tandar
ds:
–
dim
ensi
onal
tole
rance
equiv
alen
t to
BS4500 o
r BS1916 G
rade
7
–
flat
nes
s an
d s
quar
enes
s 0.0
01in
per
inch
or
0.0
25m
m p
er 2
5m
m
–
surf
ace
fin
ish 6
3µin
or
1.6
µm
–
sc
rew
thre
ads
to B
S M
ediu
m f
it
–
ream
ed a
nd b
ore
d h
ole
s w
ithin
H8
1.1
3
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
1.1
4
shut
dow
n t
he
equip
men
t to
a s
afe
conditio
n o
n
concl
usi
on o
f th
e m
ach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s
2.
Know
how
to p
roduce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
co
mponen
ts u
sing
met
alw
ork
ing m
ach
ines
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
while
car
ryin
g o
ut
the
met
al m
ach
inin
g a
ctiv
itie
s (i
ncl
udin
g a
ny
spec
ific
leg
isla
tion,
regula
tions
or
codes
of
pra
ctic
e re
lating t
o t
he
activi
ties
, eq
uip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a in w
hic
h t
hey
are
car
ryin
g o
ut
the
mac
hin
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hes
e re
quirem
ents
pla
ce o
n t
he
lear
ner
2.3
des
crib
e th
e use
of m
achin
e guard
s an
d e
mer
gen
cy
stop m
echan
ism
s
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
128
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.4
des
crib
e th
e per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d
cloth
ing t
o b
e w
orn
during t
he
mac
hin
ing a
ctiv
itie
s 2.5
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith m
achin
ing
met
al p
atte
rn o
r m
odel
mat
eria
ls,
and h
ow
they
ca
n b
e m
inim
ised
2.6
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of en
suring t
hat
all
mac
hin
e an
d p
ort
able
tools
are
use
d c
orr
ectly
and w
ithin
th
eir
per
mitte
d o
per
ating r
ange
2.7
ex
pla
in t
he
nee
d t
o e
nsu
re t
hat
all
plu
gs,
sock
ets
and c
able
s on p
ort
able
mach
ines
are
in a
saf
e an
d
usa
ble
conditio
n
2.8
ex
pla
in h
ow
to o
bta
in t
he
nec
essa
ry job
inst
ruct
ions,
dra
win
gs
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
to b
e use
d
during t
he
mac
hin
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd h
ow
to
inte
rpre
t th
e in
form
ation c
onta
ined
in t
hem
2.9
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
mac
hin
es t
hat
are
use
d in
met
al p
atte
rn a
nd m
odel
mac
hin
ing,
and t
he
range
of oper
atio
ns
they
are
cap
able
of per
form
ing (
eg
saw
ing,
mill
ing,
turn
ing,
spar
k an
d w
ire
erosi
on,
grindin
g)
2.1
0
expla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k th
e cu
ttin
g t
ools
are
in a
usa
ble
and s
afe
conditio
n,
and t
he
pro
cedure
for
chan
gin
g t
hes
e w
hen
req
uired
2.1
1
expla
in h
ow
diffe
rent
types
of
mac
hin
e use
diffe
rent
met
hods
to fee
d t
he
mat
eria
l to
the
cutt
ing/d
ress
ing t
ool or
surf
ace
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
129
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
2
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
met
hods
use
d t
o h
old
the
com
ponen
ts t
hat
are
bei
ng m
ach
ined
(su
ch a
s m
achin
e vi
ces,
chuck
s, jig
s an
d f
ixtu
res,
and
clam
pin
g d
irec
t to
the
mac
hin
e ta
ble
) 2.1
3
expla
in h
ow
diffe
rent
mat
eria
ls r
equire
chan
ges
to
the
mac
hin
ing m
ethods
(such
as
roughin
g a
nd
finis
hin
g c
uts
, ch
anges
in fee
d o
r sp
eeds
use
d t
o
cut
them
) 2.1
4
expla
in h
ow
to c
onduct
any
nec
essa
ry c
hec
ks t
o
ensu
re t
he
accu
racy
and q
ual
ity
of th
e patt
ern
com
ponen
ts o
r m
odel
s pro
duce
d,
and t
he
type
of
equip
men
t th
at is
use
d
2.1
5
expla
in h
ow
to r
ecognis
e def
ects
in t
he
com
ponen
ts
(mat
eria
l def
ects
or
those
pro
duce
d t
hro
ugh
mac
hin
ing)
2.1
6
expla
in w
hy
it is
import
ant
to k
eep t
he
tools
and
equip
men
t cl
ean a
nd f
ree
from
dam
age,
to p
ract
ice
good h
ouse
keep
ing o
f to
ols
and e
quip
men
t, a
nd t
o
mai
nta
in a
cle
an a
nd u
nobst
ruct
ed w
ork
ing a
rea
2.1
7
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
130
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
131
Unit 14: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using woodworking hand tools
Unit reference number: A/502/9340
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 70
Guided learning hours: 119
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce wood and composite pattern, corebox or model components using hand tools, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate tools to use, based on the type of operations to be performed, size of the components, and the materials used. The size and complexity of the components produced will vary, but will involve finishing them using hand tools only. The components produced will be used to produce loose or plated patterns, with and without cores, and various types of full and scale models. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, materials or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying hand finishing woodwork procedures. The learner will understand the equipment being used, and its application, and will know about the cutting tools, their function and maintenance requirements, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the work output is to the required specification. The learner will be able to identify blunt and damaged cutting tools, and will know how to sharpen and adjust them in use in order for them to work efficiently. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the hand shaping activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
132
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
133
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Produce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
com
ponen
ts
usi
ng w
oodw
ork
ing h
and
tools
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing d
uring t
he
han
d-
shap
ing a
ctiv
itie
s:
–
obta
in a
ll th
e nec
essa
ry info
rmation t
o c
arry
out
the
han
d-s
hap
ing a
ctiv
itie
s (d
raw
ings,
sp
ecific
atio
ns)
–
ch
eck
that
the
han
d t
ools
are
fit for
purp
ose
and
are
in a
safe
and u
sable
conditio
n
–
ensu
re t
hat
the
work
are
a is
fre
e fr
om
haza
rds
–
use
saf
e and a
ppro
ved h
and-s
hap
ing t
echniq
ues
at
all
tim
es
–
mai
nta
in t
he
cutt
ing t
ools
in a
ser
vice
able
co
nditio
n
1.3
fo
llow
rel
evan
t sp
ecific
atio
ns
for
the
com
ponen
t to
be
pro
duce
d
1.4
obta
in t
he
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t fo
r th
e sh
apin
g o
per
atio
ns
and c
hec
k th
ey a
re in a
safe
an
d u
sable
conditio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
134
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.5
use
han
d t
ools
to c
ut
and s
hap
e m
ater
ials
, to
in
clude
six
of th
e fo
llow
ing ite
ms:
–
rip s
aws
–
tenon s
aws
–
fret
/bow
saw
s –
ja
ck o
r sm
ooth
ing p
lanes
–
re
bat
ing p
lanes
–
sp
oke
shave
s –
ch
isel
s/gouges
–
drills
/bra
ces
–
file
s/ra
sps
–
sandin
g b
lock
s/paper
1.6
sh
ape
the
mat
eria
ls u
sing a
ppro
priat
e m
ethods
and
tech
niq
ues
1.7
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h c
om
bin
e diffe
rent
feat
ure
s and c
ove
r ei
ght
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
flat
face
s –
par
alle
l fa
ces
–
squar
e fa
ces
–
angula
r/ta
per
ed face
s –
st
epped
fea
ture
s –
re
bat
es
–
slots
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
135
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
–
cu
rved
pro
file
s –
co
nca
ve p
rofile
s –
co
nve
x pro
file
s –
ci
rcula
r/ro
und p
rofile
s –
drille
d h
ole
s
1.8
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts m
ade
from
tw
o o
f th
e fo
llow
ing m
ater
ials
:
–
soft
woods
–
har
d w
oods
–
co
mposi
te
–
resi
n
1.9
ch
eck
that
all
the
required
shap
ing o
per
atio
ns
have
bee
n c
om
ple
ted t
o t
he
required
spec
ific
atio
n
1.1
0
use
appro
priat
e m
easu
ring e
quip
men
t an
d t
ools
to
chec
k five
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
dim
ensi
ons
–
flat
nes
s –
sq
uar
enes
s
–
posi
tion
–
pro
file
–
dis
tort
ion/s
trai
ghtn
ess
–
alig
nm
ent
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
136
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
1
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h m
eet
all of th
e fo
llow
ing
qual
ity
and a
ccura
cy s
tandar
ds:
–
dim
ensi
onal
ly a
ccura
te w
ithin
spec
ific
atio
n
tole
rance
s
–
free
fro
m f
alse
tool cu
ts a
nd m
ater
ial def
ects
–
ap
pro
priat
e su
rfac
e te
xture
–
m
eet
the
dra
win
g r
equirem
ents
–
m
eet
com
pan
y an
d c
ust
om
er r
equirem
ents
1.1
2
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
2.
Know
how
to p
roduce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
co
mponen
ts u
sing
woodw
ork
ing h
and t
ools
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
whils
t ca
rryi
ng o
ut
the
wood s
hap
ing a
ctiv
itie
s (i
ncl
udin
g a
ny
spec
ific
leg
isla
tion,
regula
tions
or
codes
of
pra
ctic
e re
lating t
o t
he
activi
ties
, eq
uip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a in w
hic
h t
hey
are
car
ryin
g o
ut
the
wood
work
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hey
pla
ce
on t
he
lear
ner
2.3
des
crib
e th
e per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d
cloth
ing t
o b
e w
orn
during t
he
woodw
ork
ing
activi
ties
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
137
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.4
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith c
utt
ing a
nd
shap
ing w
ood a
nd c
om
posi
te p
att
ern o
r m
odel
m
ater
ials
, an
d w
ith t
he
tools
and e
quip
men
t use
d,
and h
ow
they
can
be
min
imis
ed
2.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to o
bta
in t
he
nec
essa
ry job
inst
ruct
ions,
dra
win
gs
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
for
the
woodw
ork
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd h
ow
to inte
rpre
t th
e in
form
atio
n
2.6
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
han
d t
ools
that
are
use
d t
o c
ut
and s
hape
the
mate
rial
s, a
nd t
he
range
of
oper
atio
ns
they
are
cap
able
of
per
form
ing (
eg r
ip
saw
s, t
enon s
aws,
fre
t/bow
saw
s; s
mooth
ing
pla
nes
, ja
ck p
lanes
, re
bat
ing p
lanes
; ch
isel
s an
d
gouges
; file
s an
d r
asp
s; s
poke
shav
es)
2.7
ex
pla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k th
e cu
ttin
g t
ools
are
in a
usa
ble
and s
afe
conditio
n,
and t
he
pro
cedure
for
shar
pen
ing a
nd a
dju
stin
g t
hes
e w
hen
req
uired
2.8
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
met
hods
to h
old
the
com
ponen
ts t
hat
are
bei
ng s
haped
, fo
rmed
or
dre
ssed
by
han
d
2.9
ex
pla
in t
he
nee
d t
o c
onsi
der
gra
in d
irec
tion a
nd
const
ruct
ion w
hen
cutt
ing a
nd s
hap
ing w
ood a
nd
com
posi
tes
2.1
0
expla
in h
ow
to c
onduct
any
nec
essa
ry c
hec
ks t
o
ensu
re t
he
accu
racy
and q
ual
ity
of th
e patt
ern
com
ponen
ts o
r m
odel
s pro
duce
d,
and t
he
type
of
equip
men
t th
at is
use
d for
the
chec
ks
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
138
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
1
expla
in h
ow
to r
ecognis
e def
ects
in t
he
com
ponen
ts
(mat
eria
l def
ects
or
those
pro
duce
d t
hro
ugh t
he
cutt
ing a
nd s
hapin
g a
ctiv
itie
s)
2.1
2
expla
in w
hy
it is
import
ant
to k
eep t
he
tools
and
equip
men
t cl
ean a
nd f
ree
from
dam
age,
to p
ract
ise
good h
ouse
keep
ing o
f to
ols
and e
quip
men
t, a
nd t
o
mai
nta
in a
cle
an a
nd u
nobst
ruct
ed w
ork
ing a
rea
2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
139
Unit 15: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using hand-fitting techniques
Unit reference number: R/502/9327
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 70
Guided learning hours: 154
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce metal components to form pattern, corebox or model equipment using hand-fitting techniques, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate equipment to use, based on the operations to be carried out and the accuracy required. In producing the components, the learner will be expected to use a range of hand tools, portable power tools, shaping and fitting techniques that are appropriate to the type of material and operations being performed. These activities will include such things as hand sawing, band sawing, filing, drilling, chiselling, threading, scraping, lapping and off-hand grinding. The components produced will have features from the following: flat, square, parallel and angular faces, radii and curved profiles, drilled holes, internal and external threads, and sliding or mating parts. Materials to be used will include ferrous and non-ferrous, which may be in sheet form, bar sections (such as square/rectangular, round, hexagonal) or part-machined components. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the cutting and shaping activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the equipment, materials or activities that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying hand-fitting procedures to produce metal parts for plated patterns and associated equipment or models. The learner will understand the hand-fitting techniques used, and their application, and will know about the tools, materials and equipment used, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and producing the components to the required specification.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
140
The learner will understand the safety precautions required when using hand and power tools. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
141
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Pr
oduce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
com
ponen
ts
usi
ng h
and-f
itting
tech
niq
ues
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing d
uring t
he
han
d-f
itting
activi
ties
: –
obta
in a
nd u
se a
ppro
priat
e dra
win
gs,
in
stru
ctio
ns,
spec
ific
ations
and q
ual
ity
docu
men
tation
–
chec
k all
cable
s, e
xten
sion lea
ds
or
air
supply
hose
s ar
e in
a s
ervi
ceab
le c
onditio
n
–
chec
k all
tools
and e
quip
men
t ar
e in
a s
afe
and
usa
ble
conditio
n
–
retu
rn a
ll to
ols
and e
quip
men
t to
the
corr
ect
loca
tion o
n c
om
ple
tion o
f th
e fitt
ing a
ctiv
itie
s –
le
ave
the
work
are
a in
a s
afe
conditio
n
1.3
fo
llow
rel
evan
t sp
ecific
atio
ns
for
the
com
ponen
t to
be
pro
duce
d
1.4
obta
in t
he
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t fo
r th
e sh
apin
g o
per
atio
ns
and c
hec
k th
ey a
re in a
safe
an
d u
sable
conditio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
142
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.5
use
a r
ange
of han
d-f
itting m
ethods,
to incl
ude
seve
n f
rom
the
follo
win
g:
–
filin
g
–
drilli
ng
–
off-h
and g
rindin
g
–
pow
er s
awin
g
–
scra
pin
g
–
chis
ellin
g
–
exte
rnal th
read
s
–
inte
rnal
thre
ads
–
la
ppin
g
–
han
d s
awin
g
–
polis
hin
g
1.6
sh
ape
the
mat
eria
ls u
sing a
ppro
priat
e m
ethods
and
tech
niq
ues
1.7
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h c
om
bin
e se
vera
l fe
ature
s and c
ove
r ei
ght
from
the
follo
win
g:
–
flat
dat
um
fac
es
–
face
s w
hic
h a
re s
quare
to e
ach
oth
er
–
face
s w
hic
h a
re p
aral
lel to
eac
h o
ther
–
fa
ces
at
an a
ngle
to e
ach o
ther
–
cu
rved
pro
file
s –
ch
amfe
rs a
nd r
adii
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
143
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
–
re
amed
hole
s –
drille
d h
ole
s (t
o a
dep
th)
–
drille
d h
ole
s (t
hro
ugh)
–
counte
rbore
s, c
ounte
rsin
ks,
or
spotf
ace
–
inte
rnal
thre
ads
–
exte
rnal th
read
s –
sl
idin
g o
r m
atin
g p
arts
1.8
cu
t an
d s
hap
e tw
o d
iffe
rent
types
of
mat
eria
l fr
om
th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
low
car
bon s
teel
–
hig
h c
arbon s
teel
–
st
ainle
ss s
teel
–
ca
st iro
n
–
alum
iniu
m
–
bra
ss/b
ronze
–
pla
stic
/syn
thet
ic
1.9
ch
eck
that
all
the
required
shap
ing o
per
atio
ns
have
bee
n c
om
ple
ted t
o t
he
required
spec
ific
atio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
144
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
0
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
ithin
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing
stan
dar
ds,
as
applic
able
to t
he
pro
cess
:
–
dim
ensi
onal
tole
rance
equiv
alen
t to
BS4500 o
r BS1916 G
rade
9
–
flat
nes
s an
d s
quar
enes
s 0.0
01in
per
inch
or
0.0
25m
m p
er 2
5m
m
–
surf
ace
fin
ish 6
3µin
or
1.6
µm
–
sc
rew
thre
ads
to B
S M
ediu
m f
it
–
ream
ed a
nd b
ore
d h
ole
s w
ithin
H8
1.1
1
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
2.
Know
how
to p
roduce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
co
mponen
ts u
sing h
and
fitt
ing t
echniq
ues
2.1
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
and
safe
work
ing p
ract
ices
and p
roce
dure
s re
quired
for
the
han
d-f
itting a
ctiv
itie
s under
take
n
2.2
des
crib
e th
e im
port
ance
of w
earing a
ppro
priat
e pro
tect
ive
cloth
ing a
nd e
quip
men
t, a
nd o
f ke
epin
g
the
work
are
a sa
fe a
nd t
idy
2.3
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith c
arry
ing o
ut
han
d fitting t
echniq
ues
(su
ch a
s use
of
pow
er t
ools
, tr
ailin
g lea
ds
or
hose
s, d
amaged
or
bad
ly
mai
nta
ined
tools
and e
quip
men
t, u
sing file
s w
ith
dam
aged
or
poor
fitt
ing h
andle
s),
and h
ow
they
can
be
min
imis
ed
2.4
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
for
obta
inin
g t
he
required
dra
win
gs,
job inst
ruct
ions
and o
ther
rel
ated
sp
ecific
atio
ns
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
145
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to u
se a
nd e
xtra
ct info
rmat
ion fro
m
engin
eering d
raw
ings
and r
elat
ed s
pec
ific
ations
(to
incl
ude
sym
bols
and c
onve
ntions
to a
ppro
priat
e BS
or
ISO
sta
ndar
ds
in r
elat
ion t
o w
ork
under
take
n)
2.6
ex
pla
in h
ow
to inte
rpre
t firs
t an
d t
hir
d a
ngle
dra
win
gs,
im
per
ial an
d m
etric
syst
ems
of
mea
sure
men
t, w
ork
pie
ce r
efer
ence
poin
ts a
nd
syst
em o
f to
lera
nci
ng
2.7
des
crib
e th
e cu
ttin
g a
nd s
hapin
g m
ethods
to b
e use
d,
and t
he
sequen
ce in w
hic
h t
he
oper
atio
ns
will
nee
d t
o b
e ca
rrie
d o
ut
2.8
ex
pla
in h
ow
the
pro
per
ties
of
ferr
ous
and n
on-
ferr
ous
met
als
affe
ct t
he
cutt
ing,
form
ing a
nd
shap
ing p
roce
sses
and t
he
use
of
various
tools
(c
utt
ing s
pee
ds,
angle
s, e
tc)
2.9
ex
pla
in h
ow
to f
ile f
lat,
square
and c
urv
ed s
urf
aces
, an
d h
ow
to a
chie
ve a
sm
ooth
surf
ace
finis
h
2.1
0
expla
in h
ow
to c
ut
exte
rnal
thre
ads
usi
ng h
and
die
s, a
nd t
he
met
hod o
f fixi
ng a
nd a
dju
stin
g t
he
die
s to
giv
e th
e co
rrec
t th
read
fit
2.1
1
expla
in h
ow
to d
eter
min
e th
e drill
size
for
tapped
hole
s, a
nd t
he
import
ance
of usi
ng t
aps
in t
he
corr
ect
sequen
ce
2.1
2
expla
in h
ow
to p
roduce
a s
lidin
g o
r m
atin
g fit u
sing
filin
g,
scra
pin
g a
nd lap
pin
g t
echniq
ues
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
146
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
3
expla
in h
ow
to s
elec
t sa
w b
lades
for
diffe
rent
mat
eria
ls,
and h
ow
to s
et t
he
saw
bla
des
for
diffe
rent
oper
atio
ns
(such
as
cutt
ing e
xter
nal
ly a
nd
inte
rnal
ly)
2.1
4
des
crib
e th
e ty
pes
of
file
s th
at a
re a
vaila
ble
, an
d
the
cut
of
file
s fo
r diffe
rent
applic
atio
ns
2.1
5
expla
in h
ow
to p
repare
the
com
ponen
ts for
the
filin
g o
per
atio
ns
(cle
anin
g,
de-
burr
ing,
mar
king
out)
2.1
6
des
crib
e th
e use
of
vice
-jaw
pla
tes
to p
rote
ct t
he
work
pie
ce f
rom
dam
age
2.1
7
des
crib
e th
e ty
pes
and a
pplic
ation o
f port
able
pow
er t
ools
that
can
be
use
d f
or
the
han
d-f
itting
oper
atio
ns
2.1
8
expla
in t
he
import
ance
of en
suri
ng t
hat
file
han
dle
s ar
e se
cure
and f
ree
from
em
bed
ded
fore
ign b
odie
s or
split
s 2.1
9
expla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k th
at p
ort
able
pow
er t
ools
and
exte
nsi
on c
able
s are
fre
e fr
om
dam
age
and a
re in a
sa
fe u
sable
conditio
n
2.2
0
expla
in h
ow
to s
et a
nd a
dju
st t
ools
, su
ch a
s sq
uar
es,
pro
tract
ors
and v
ernie
rs
2.2
1
expla
in t
he
import
ance
of usi
ng t
ools
only
for
the
purp
ose
inte
nded
; th
e ca
re t
hat
is
required
when
usi
ng t
he
equip
men
t an
d t
ools
; th
e pro
per
way
of
storing t
ools
and e
quip
men
t bet
wee
n o
per
atio
ns
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
147
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.2
2
expla
in t
he
nee
d for
clea
r an
d d
imen
sional
ly-
accu
rate
mar
king o
ut
to s
pec
ific
ation a
nd d
raw
ing
requirem
ents
2.2
3
des
crib
e th
e co
mpan
y pro
cedure
s fo
r co
ntr
olli
ng
docu
men
ts a
nd info
rmat
ion
2.2
4
des
crib
e th
e pro
ble
ms
that
can o
ccur
with t
he
cutt
ing a
nd s
hapin
g o
per
atio
ns,
and h
ow
can
thes
e be
ove
rcom
e 2.2
5
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
148
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
149
Unit 16: Producing pattern, corebox or model components by FRP moulding
Unit reference number: Y/502/9328
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 60
Guided learning hours: 119
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce fibre-reinforced plastic (FRP) patterns, negatives, corebox and model components, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to use appropriate manufacturing drawings, instructions, specifications and quality documentation to produce the various types of component. The size, shape and complexity of the parts to be produced will vary, and it is anticipated that some components will be produced from existing pattern or model equipment, and others from preformed structures or formers. The components to be produced may combine a range of techniques and shapes, and will have features that include flat laminates, box/tray sections, double curvatures, convex or concave profile, stiffened mouldings and inserts. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the moulding activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the moulding activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying FRP moulding procedures. The learner will understand the moulding techniques and procedures used, and their application, and will know about the tools, equipment, techniques, materials and consumables, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the components produced are to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the moulding operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
150
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
151
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Produce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
com
ponen
ts b
y FR
P m
ould
ing
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing d
uring t
he
mould
ing
oper
atio
ns:
–
use
the
corr
ect
issu
e of dra
win
gs,
spec
ific
atio
ns
and
mat
eria
l data
shee
ts,
etc
–
use
copie
s of re
leva
nt
CO
SH
H s
hee
ts a
nd r
isk
asse
ssm
ents
–
obta
in t
he
corr
ect
mate
rial
s (i
n life
bat
ches
, co
rrec
tly
pro
tect
ed)
–
obta
in a
nd c
hec
k th
at
all to
ols
and e
quip
men
t to
be
use
d a
re fit f
or
purp
ose
–
use
appro
ved a
nd s
afe
mould
ing p
roce
dure
s at
all tim
es
–
retu
rn a
ll to
ols
and e
quip
men
t to
the
corr
ect
loca
tion o
n c
om
ple
tion o
f th
e ac
tivi
ties
–
le
ave
the
work
are
a in
a s
afe
conditio
n o
n
com
ple
tion o
f th
e ac
tivi
ties
1.3
fo
llow
the
corr
ect
com
ponen
t dra
win
g o
r an
y oth
er
rela
ted s
pec
ific
ations
for
the
com
ponen
t to
be
pro
duce
d
1.4
det
erm
ine
what
has
to b
e done
and h
ow
this
will
be
achie
ved
1.5
obta
in a
nd p
repare
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
, eq
uip
men
t an
d m
ater
ials
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
152
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.6
ca
rry
out
the
mould
ing o
r la
ying-u
p a
ctiv
itie
s usi
ng
the
corr
ect
met
hods
and t
echniq
ues
1.7
ap
ply
mould
ing a
nd lay
ing u
p m
ethods
and
tech
niq
ues
to incl
ude
five
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
met
al t
oolin
g
–
com
posi
te t
oolin
g
–
wooden
toolin
g
–
vacu
um
baggin
g
–
pre
ssure
bag
gin
g
–
inte
rfer
ence
mould
ing
–
cutt
ing m
ethods
–
mix
ing m
ethods
–
auto
clav
e m
ould
ing
–
hot
wax
pro
cess
–
m
atch
ed m
etal
–
ove
n m
ould
ing
–
pre
ss m
ould
ing
–
quic
k pre
ssin
g
–
tape
layi
ng
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
153
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.8
ca
rry
out
six
of
the
follo
win
g o
per
atio
ns:
–
tool/
equip
men
t p
repar
atio
n
–
curing t
emper
ature
/pre
ssure
–
la
y-up
–
trim
min
g
–
mat
orien
tation
–
num
ber
of
plie
s
–
room
tem
per
ature
contr
ol
–
de-
mould
ing
1.9
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts t
o t
he
required
spec
ific
ation
1.1
0
pro
duce
a r
ange
of
com
ponen
ts w
ith fiv
e of th
e fo
llow
ing fea
ture
s:
–
flat
lam
inate
s –
tr
ay s
ections
–
single
curv
ature
–
double
curv
ature
s –
co
nve
x sh
apes
–
co
nca
ve s
hap
es
–
taper
ed face
s –
st
iffe
ned
mould
ings
–
step
ped
form
s
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
154
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
1
pro
duce
a r
ange
of
com
ponen
ts u
sing o
ne
type
of
resi
n fro
m:
–
poly
este
r
–
elas
tom
er
–
phen
olic
–
si
licone
–
epoxy
–
bis
male
imid
e –
th
erm
opla
stic
1.1
2
pro
duce
a r
ange
of
com
ponen
ts u
sing o
ne
type
of
fibro
us
mate
rial
fro
m:
–
gla
ss f
ibre
–
ar
amid
–
te
ryle
ne
–
boro
n f
ibre
–
nyl
on
–
carb
ide
–
jute
–
Kev
lar
–
carb
on fib
re
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
155
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
3
pro
duce
a r
ange
of
com
ponen
ts u
sing o
ne
type
of
stiffe
ner
fro
m:
–
honey
com
b
–
foam
–
synta
ctic
core
–
su
pport
s –
in
sert
s –
lif
ting f
acili
ties
1.1
4
pro
duce
a r
ange
of
com
ponen
ts u
sing t
hre
e an
cilla
ry m
ater
ials
fro
m:
–
bag
gin
g film
s –
ble
ed p
lies
–
ta
pes
–
re
lease
agen
ts
–
solv
ents
–
fo
amin
g a
dhes
ives
–
fille
rs
–
seal
ants
1.1
5
chec
k th
at a
ll th
e re
quired
oper
atio
ns
hav
e bee
n
com
ple
ted t
o s
pec
ific
atio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
156
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
6
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h c
om
ply
with a
ll of
the
follo
win
g s
tandar
ds:
–
IS
O 9
000 s
erie
s an
d p
roce
dure
s –
cu
stom
er s
tandar
ds
and r
equirem
ents
–
co
mpan
y st
andar
ds
and p
roce
dure
s 1.1
7
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
2.
Know
how
to p
roduce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
co
mponen
ts b
y FR
P m
ould
ing
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pra
ctic
es a
nd
pro
cedure
s th
at t
hey
nee
d t
o o
bse
rve
when
w
ork
ing w
ith fib
re r
einfo
rced
pla
stic
s (i
ncl
udin
g a
ny
spec
ific
leg
isla
tion,
regula
tions/
codes
of pra
ctic
e fo
r th
e act
ivitie
s, e
quip
men
t or
mate
rial
s)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a w
her
e th
ey a
re c
arry
ing o
ut
the
mould
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hes
e re
quirem
ents
pla
ce o
n t
he
lear
ner
2.3
des
crib
e th
e pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t th
at t
hey
nee
d
to u
se f
or
both
per
sonal
pro
tect
ion a
nd,
wher
e ap
pro
priat
e, t
he
pro
tect
ion o
f oth
ers
2.4
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith c
arry
ing o
ut
FRP m
ould
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd w
ith t
he
tools
, m
ater
ials
and e
quip
men
t use
d,
and h
ow
they
can
be
min
imis
ed
2.5
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
for
the
corr
ect
separ
atio
n
and s
afe
dis
posa
l of
was
te m
ater
ials
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
157
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.6
des
crib
e th
e in
terp
reta
tion o
f dra
win
gs,
sta
ndar
ds,
qual
ity
contr
ol pro
cedure
s an
d s
pec
ific
atio
ns
use
d
for
the
mould
ing a
ctiv
ity,
and t
he
curr
ency
/iss
ue
chec
ks o
f th
e docu
men
ts t
hey
are
work
ing w
ith
2.7
des
crib
e th
e use
of and c
onve
ntions/
term
inolo
gy
use
d in m
ould
ing/l
ayin
g u
p (
such
as
mat
eria
l ta
iloring,
‘B’ st
agin
g,
vacu
um
bag
gin
g,
bac
king
mat
eria
ls,
pee
l pile
s, b
leed
fel
t, f
oam
ing a
dhes
ives
, in
tensi
fier
s, a
uto
clav
e te
chniq
ues
, m
ater
ial w
et lay
-up,
dry
fib
re d
ryin
g p
roce
dure
s)
2.8
des
crib
e th
e ty
pes
of
com
ponen
t tr
imm
ing/c
utt
ing
met
hods
ava
ilable
, and t
rim
min
g m
ethods
on t
he
tool
2.9
des
crib
e th
e m
ethods
of ac
hie
ving c
onso
lidat
ion a
t fo
am/h
oney
com
b/d
isco
ntinuous
layi
ng-u
p p
oin
ts
2.1
0
expla
in t
he
reaso
ns
for
par
t-cu
re p
roce
dure
s, a
nd
thei
r ef
fect
2.1
1
des
crib
e th
e m
ater
ial ty
pes
and t
hei
r m
erits
(such
as
mate
rial lif
e, t
hei
r co
nst
ruct
ion,
types
of w
eave
, re
sins,
bulk
pro
ble
ms
with liq
uid
res
ins,
th
erm
opla
stic
s, p
re-i
mpre
gnate
d m
ater
ials
, fo
am
, honey
com
b,
dis
continuous
mat
eria
ls)
2.1
2
des
crib
e th
e fu
nct
ion a
nd a
pplic
atio
n o
f th
e fo
llow
ing m
ater
ials
: re
lease
agen
ts,
gel
coat
s, f
ibre
m
atting,
liquid
res
ins,
cat
alys
ts,
acce
lera
tors
, har
den
ers
and fill
ers
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
158
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e diffe
rent
mix
ing m
ethods
(manual
and
mec
han
ical)
that
can b
e use
d w
hen
pre
par
ing
mat
eria
ls for
use
2.1
4
expla
in h
ow
diffe
rent
mat
eria
ls c
an b
e use
d t
o
pro
vide:
longer
work
ing t
imes
; rigid
, st
rong a
nd
hard
wea
ring s
urf
ace
s; b
ack
ing u
p m
ediu
ms;
short
or
long c
uring t
imes
2.1
5
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
s w
hen
tem
per
ature
cure
is
use
d,
and t
he
nee
d f
or
ther
moco
uple
s on
tem
per
ature
contr
ol
2.1
6
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
s fo
r re
mould
ing,
lost
wax
rem
ova
l and fir
st a
rtic
le insp
ection (
such
as
test
sa
mple
s, n
on-d
estr
uct
ive
test
ing (
ND
T)
requirem
ents
)
2.1
7
des
crib
e th
e qual
ity
contr
ol pro
cedure
s th
at
nee
d t
o
be
follo
wed
during t
he
lay-
up m
ould
ing o
per
atio
ns
2.1
8
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
s fo
r en
suring t
hat
they
hav
e th
e co
rrec
t to
ols
and e
quip
men
t 2.1
9
des
crib
e th
e m
ethods
and t
echniq
ues
for
lifting,
han
dlin
g a
nd s
upport
ing t
he
com
ponen
ts/e
quip
men
t/m
ater
ials
during t
he
lay-
up
mould
ing a
ctiv
itie
s 2.2
0
expla
in h
ow
to r
ecognis
e la
y-up/m
ould
ing d
efec
ts
(such
as
mis
alig
nm
ent,
dis
tort
ion,
fore
ign o
bje
ct
dam
age,
conta
min
ation a
nd s
urf
ace
def
ects
)
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
159
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.2
1
des
crib
e th
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t use
d in t
he
lay-
up
mould
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd t
hei
r ca
libra
tion,
care
, pre
par
ation a
nd c
ontr
ol pro
cedure
s 2.2
2
des
crib
e th
e pro
ble
ms
that
can o
ccur
with t
he
lay-
up/m
ould
ing o
per
atio
ns,
and h
ow
thes
e ca
n b
e ove
rcom
e 2.2
3
des
crib
e th
e re
cord
ing d
ocu
men
tation t
o b
e co
mple
ted f
or
the
lay-
up/m
ould
ing a
ctiv
itie
s under
take
n a
nd,
wher
e ap
pro
priat
e, t
he
import
ance
of m
arki
ng a
nd iden
tify
ing s
pec
ific
pie
ces
of w
ork
in
rela
tion t
o t
he
docu
men
tation
2.2
4
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
160
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
161
Unit 17: Assembling wood/composite pattern, corebox or model components
Unit reference number: D/502/9329
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 35
Guided learning hours: 84
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assemble wood and composite pattern, corebox and model components using mechanical fixing devices and adhesives, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate tools and equipment to use, based on the operations to be performed and the type of components to be assembled, and to check that they are in a safe and serviceable condition. The learner will be expected to select the appropriate fixing devices and adhesives to use, based on the type, size and material of the components to be assembled. The learner will need to identify and create any datums that will be required to locate the components during the assembly process. The size, shape and complexity of the parts to be assembled, and the finished equipment or model will vary, and it is anticipated that some components will be sub-assembled prior to the final assembly taking place. The assembly activities will also include making all necessary checks and adjustments to ensure that the assembled pattern equipment or model meets the required specification, that fasteners are securely tightened, and that the completed assembly is free from damage and has an appropriate cosmetic appearance. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the assembly activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the assembly activities, tools, adhesives or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the assembly of components to form wood and composite pattern equipment or models. The learner will understand the pattern equipment or model being assembled, and its application, and will know about the assembly techniques, components,
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
162
equipment, relevant materials, adhesives and fastening devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities to the required specification. The learner’s knowledge will be sufficient to enable them to identify damaged and out-of-tolerance components or sub-assemblies. The learner will know the implications of producing assemblies that do not meet specification on the castings, cores or models produced. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the assembly operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
163
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Ass
emble
wood/c
om
posi
te
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
co
mponen
ts
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
the
follo
win
g d
uri
ng t
he
asse
mbly
act
ivitie
s:
–
obta
in a
nd u
se t
he
corr
ect
issu
e of
docu
men
ts
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
–
com
ply
with r
elev
ant
CO
SH
H s
hee
ts a
nd r
isk
asse
ssm
ent
stan
dar
ds
–
chec
k all
tools
and e
quip
men
t ar
e in
a s
afe
and
usa
ble
conditio
n
–
obta
in a
ll th
e re
quired
com
ponen
ts a
nd s
ecuring
dev
ices
for
the
ass
embly
–
use
rec
ognis
ed a
nd a
ppro
ved a
ssem
bly
te
chniq
ues
and p
roce
dure
s –
pro
duce
ass
emblie
s w
hic
h c
om
ply
with t
he
spec
ific
atio
n
–
leav
e th
e w
ork
are
a in
a s
afe
conditio
n
1.3
fo
llow
the
rele
vant
inst
ruct
ions,
ass
embly
dra
win
gs
and a
ny
oth
er s
pec
ific
atio
ns
1.4
en
sure
that
the
spec
ifie
d c
om
ponen
ts a
re a
vaila
ble
an
d t
hat
they
are
in a
usa
ble
conditio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
164
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.5
use
four
of th
e fo
llow
ing t
ypes
of co
mponen
t in
the
sub-a
ssem
blie
s:
–
flat
–
ta
per
ed
–
st
epped
–
cu
rved
–
co
nca
ve
–
conve
x 1.6
use
the
appro
priat
e m
ethods
and t
echniq
ues
to
asse
mble
the
com
ponen
ts in t
hei
r co
rrec
t posi
tions
1.7
ap
ply
all
of
the
follo
win
g a
ssem
bly
met
hods
and
tech
niq
ues
: –
en
suring t
hat
corr
ect
par
t num
ber
s ar
e use
d
–
ensu
ring t
hat
corr
ect
‘han
d’ of co
mponen
ts a
re
use
d (
left
or
right
handed
) –
orien
tating,
posi
tionin
g a
nd a
lignin
g c
om
ponen
ts
–
secu
ring c
om
ponen
ts u
sing m
echan
ical
fast
ener
s (p
ins,
scr
ews,
nai
ls)
–
secu
ring c
om
ponen
ts u
sing a
dhes
ives
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
165
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.8
pro
duce
pat
tern
or
model
ass
emblie
s w
hic
h incl
ude
four
of
the
follo
win
g:
–
flat
-bac
ked p
atte
rns
with a
min
imum
of tw
o
core
s –
irre
gula
r jo
int
pat
tern
s (w
ith o
r w
ithout
core
s)
–
split
patt
erns
without
core
s –
sp
lit p
att
erns
with c
ore
s –
pla
ted p
atte
rns
(dra
gs)
–
pla
ted p
atte
rns
(copes
) –
so
lid t
urn
out
core
boxe
s –
sp
lit c
ore
boxe
s –
co
reboxe
s w
ith s
pec
ial fe
ature
s (l
oose
pie
ces,
co
llapsi
ble
) –
fu
ll-si
ze m
odel
s
–
sect
ional
full-
size
model
s –
sc
ale
model
s –
se
ctio
nal
sca
le m
odel
s 1.9
se
cure
the
com
ponen
ts u
sing t
he
spec
ifie
d
connec
tors
and s
ecuri
ng d
evic
es
1.1
0
chec
k th
e co
mple
ted a
ssem
bly
to e
nsu
re t
hat
all
oper
atio
ns
hav
e bee
n c
om
ple
ted a
nd t
he
finis
hed
as
sem
bly
mee
ts t
he
required
spec
ific
atio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
166
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
1
carr
y out
qual
ity
and a
ccura
cy c
hec
ks w
hic
h incl
ude
all of
the
follo
win
g:
–
ove
rall
dim
ensi
ons
–
surf
ace
fin
ish
–
com
ple
tenes
s of
pat
tern
–
se
curi
ty o
f as
sem
ble
d p
arts
–
id
entifica
tion m
arki
ng
1.1
2
pro
duce
pat
tern
/model
ass
emblie
s w
hic
h c
om
ply
w
ith o
ne
or
more
of
the
follo
win
g s
tandar
ds:
–
IS
O 9
000 s
erie
s an
d p
roce
dure
s –
cu
stom
er s
tandar
ds
and r
equirem
ents
–
co
mpan
y st
andar
ds
and p
roce
dure
s 1.1
3
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
2.
Know
how
to a
ssem
ble
w
ood/c
om
posi
te p
atte
rn,
core
box
or
model
co
mponen
ts
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
whils
t ca
rryi
ng o
ut
the
asse
mbly
act
ivitie
s (i
ncl
udin
g a
ny
spec
ific
leg
isla
tion,
regula
tions
or
codes
of
pra
ctic
e re
lating t
o t
he
activi
ties
, eq
uip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a in w
hic
h t
hey
are
car
ryin
g o
ut
the
asse
mbly
act
ivitie
s, a
nd t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hey
pla
ce o
n t
he
learn
er
2.3
des
crib
e th
e per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d
cloth
ing t
o b
e w
orn
during t
he
ass
embly
act
ivitie
s
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
167
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.4
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith p
roduci
ng
wood a
nd c
om
posi
te p
atte
rn o
r m
odel
ass
emblie
s,
and h
ow
they
can
be
min
imis
ed
2.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to o
bta
in t
he
nec
essa
ry job
inst
ruct
ions,
dra
win
gs
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
for
the
ass
embly
, and h
ow
to inte
rpre
t th
e in
form
ation
2.6
ex
pla
in h
ow
to iden
tify
the
com
ponen
ts t
o b
e use
d;
com
ponen
t id
entifica
tion s
yste
ms
(eg c
odes
and
com
ponen
t orien
tation indic
ators
) 2.7
des
crib
e th
e pre
par
atio
ns
to b
e under
take
n o
n t
he
com
ponen
ts p
rior
to f
itting t
hem
into
the
asse
mbly
2.8
des
crib
e th
e as
sem
bly
met
hods
and p
roce
dure
s to
be
use
d,
and t
he
import
ance
of
adher
ing t
o t
hes
e pro
cedure
s 2.9
ex
pla
in h
ow
to m
ark
out
the
nec
essa
ry d
atu
m lin
es
for
the
ass
embly
oper
atio
ns
2.1
0
expla
in h
ow
the
com
ponen
ts a
re t
o b
e al
igned
and
posi
tioned
prior
to s
ecuring t
hem
, an
d t
he
tools
and
equip
men
t th
at a
re u
sed
2.1
1
expla
in w
hy
som
e ty
pes
of as
sem
bly
req
uire
the
use
of jigs
and g
auges
to a
id t
he
asse
mbly
2.1
2
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
mec
han
ical fa
sten
ers
that
will
be
use
d t
o s
ecure
the
pat
tern
or
model
equip
men
t,
and t
hei
r m
ethod o
f in
stal
lation (
incl
udin
g p
ins,
nai
ls,
scre
ws
and s
pec
ial se
curing d
evic
es)
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
168
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
3
expla
in t
he
applic
atio
n o
f ad
hes
ives
within
the
asse
mbly
act
ivitie
s, a
nd t
he
pre
cautions
that
must
be
take
n w
hen
work
ing w
ith t
hem
2.1
4
des
crib
e th
e qual
ity
contr
ol pro
cedure
s to
be
follo
wed
during t
he
ass
embly
oper
atio
ns
2.1
5
expla
in h
ow
to c
onduct
any
nec
essa
ry c
hec
ks t
o
ensu
re t
he
accu
racy
and q
ual
ity
of th
e patt
ern
equip
men
t or
model
s pro
duce
d
2.1
6
expla
in h
ow
to r
ecognis
e def
ects
ble
mis
hes
, poor
alig
nm
ent,
inef
fect
ive
fast
ener
s, o
r dam
aged
co
mponen
ts
2.1
7
expla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k th
at t
he
tools
and e
quip
men
t to
be
use
d a
re in a
saf
e an
d s
ervi
ceab
le c
onditio
n
2.1
8
expla
in t
he
import
ance
of
ensu
ring t
hat
all
tools
are
use
d c
orr
ectly
and w
ithin
thei
r per
mitte
d o
per
atin
g
range
2.1
9
expla
in w
hy
it is
import
ant
to k
eep t
he
tools
and
equip
men
t cl
ean a
nd f
ree
from
dam
age,
to p
ract
ice
good h
ouse
keep
ing o
f to
ols
and e
quip
men
t an
d t
o
mai
nta
in a
cle
an a
nd u
nobst
ruct
ed w
ork
ing a
rea
2.2
0
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
169
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
170
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
171
Unit 18: Assembling metal pattern, corebox or model components
Unit reference number: R/502/9330
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 35
Guided learning hours: 84
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to assemble metal pattern, corebox and model components using mechanical fixing devices and adhesives, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate tools and equipment to use, based on the operations to be performed and type of components to be assembled, and to check that they are in a safe and serviceable condition. The learner will be expected to select the appropriate fixing devices and adhesives to use, based on the type, size and material of the components to be assembled. The learner will need to identify and create any datums that will be required to locate the components during the assembly process. The size, shape and complexity of the parts to be assembled, and the finished equipment or model will vary. However, it is anticipated that the assembled pattern equipment will consist mainly of plated patterns and coreboxes used in mechanised production. The assembly activities will also include making all necessary checks and adjustments to ensure that the assembled pattern equipment or model meets the required specification, that fasteners are securely tightened, and that the completed assembly is free from damage and has an appropriate cosmetic appearance. Final dimensional inspection will normally be carried out by others using co-ordinate measuring equipment. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the pattern or model assembly activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the assembly activities, tools or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they produce. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the assembly of components to form metal pattern equipment or models. The learner will understand the pattern equipment or model being assembled, and its application, and will know about the assembly techniques, components, equipment, relevant
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
172
materials and fastening devices, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities to the required specification. The learner’s knowledge will be sufficient to enable them to identify damaged and out-of-tolerance components or other ancillary equipment supplied. The learner will know the implications of producing assemblies that do not meet specification on the castings, cores or models produced. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the assembly operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
173
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Ass
emble
met
al p
atte
rn,
core
box
or
model
co
mponen
ts
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing a
ctiv
itie
s during t
he
asse
mbly
act
ivitie
s:
–
obta
in a
nd u
se t
he
corr
ect
issu
e of
docu
men
ts
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
–
com
ply
with r
elev
ant
CO
SH
H s
hee
ts a
nd r
isk
asse
ssm
ent
stan
dar
ds
–
chec
k th
at a
ll to
ols
and e
quip
men
t ar
e in
a s
afe
an
d u
sable
conditio
n
–
obta
in a
ll th
e re
quired
com
ponen
ts a
nd s
ecuring
dev
ices
for
the
ass
embly
–
use
rec
ognis
ed a
nd a
ppro
ved a
ssem
bly
te
chniq
ues
and p
roce
dure
s –
pro
duce
ass
emblie
s w
hic
h c
om
ply
with t
he
spec
ific
atio
n
–
leav
e th
e w
ork
are
a in
a s
afe
conditio
n
1.3
fo
llow
the
rele
vant
inst
ruct
ions,
ass
embly
dra
win
gs
and a
ny
oth
er s
pec
ific
atio
ns
1.4
en
sure
that
the
spec
ifie
d c
om
ponen
ts a
re a
vaila
ble
an
d t
hat
they
are
in a
usa
ble
conditio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
174
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.5
use
four
of th
e fo
llow
ing t
ypes
of co
mponen
t in
the
sub-a
ssem
blie
s:
–
flat
–
ta
per
ed
–
step
ped
–
cu
rved
–
conca
ve
–
conve
x 1.6
use
the
appro
priat
e m
ethods
and t
echniq
ues
to
asse
mble
the
com
ponen
ts in t
hei
r co
rrec
t posi
tions
1.7
ap
ply
all
of
the
follo
win
g a
ssem
bly
met
hods
and
tech
niq
ues
:
–
ensu
ring t
hat
corr
ect
par
t num
ber
s ar
e use
d
–
ensu
ring t
hat
corr
ect
han
d o
f co
mponen
ts a
re
use
d (
left
or
right
handed
) –
orien
tating,
posi
tionin
g a
nd a
lignin
g c
om
ponen
ts
–
secu
ring c
om
ponen
ts u
sing m
echan
ical
fast
ener
s (n
uts
, bolts,
set
scr
ews,
dow
els
and p
ins)
–
ap
ply
ing s
eala
nts
/adhes
ives
–
ap
ply
ing b
olt lock
ing m
ethods
(split
pin
s, w
ire
lock
ing,
lock
nuts
, st
iff nuts
)
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
175
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.8
pro
duce
pat
tern
or
model
ass
emblie
s w
hic
h incl
ude
four
of
the
follo
win
g:
–
pla
ted p
atte
rns
(dra
gs)
–
pla
ted p
atte
rns
(copes
) –
va
cuum
form
ing t
ools
–
st
rippin
g p
late
s
–
co
re/m
ould
ass
embly
jig
s/fixt
ure
s –
co
re b
oxe
s (s
olid
, sp
lit o
r w
ith s
pec
ial fe
ature
s)
–
full-
size
model
s –
se
ctio
nal
full
size
model
s –
sc
ale
model
s –
se
ctio
nal
sca
le m
odel
s 1.9
se
cure
the
com
ponen
ts u
sing t
he
spec
ifie
d
connec
tors
and s
ecuri
ng d
evic
es
1.1
0
chec
k th
e co
mple
ted a
ssem
bly
to e
nsu
re t
hat
all
oper
atio
ns
hav
e bee
n c
om
ple
ted a
nd t
he
finis
hed
as
sem
bly
mee
ts t
he
required
spec
ific
atio
n
1.1
1
carr
y out
qual
ity
and a
ccura
cy c
hec
ks w
hic
h incl
ude
all of
the
follo
win
g:
–
ove
rall
dim
ensi
ons
–
surf
ace
fin
ish
–
com
ple
tenes
s –
se
curi
ty o
f as
sem
ble
d p
arts
–
id
entifica
tion m
arki
ng
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
176
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
2
pro
duce
pat
tern
/model
ass
emblie
s w
hic
h c
om
ply
w
ith o
ne
or
more
of
the
follo
win
g s
tandar
ds:
–
IS
O 9
000 s
erie
s an
d p
roce
dure
s –
cu
stom
er s
tandar
ds
and r
equirem
ents
–
co
mpan
y st
andar
ds
and p
roce
dure
s 1.1
3
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
2.
Know
how
to a
ssem
ble
m
etal
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
com
ponen
ts
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
whils
t ca
rryi
ng o
ut
the
asse
mbly
act
ivitie
s (i
ncl
udin
g a
ny
spec
ific
leg
isla
tion,
regula
tions
or
codes
of
pra
ctic
e re
lating t
o t
he
activi
ties
, eq
uip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a in w
hic
h t
hey
are
car
ryin
g o
ut
the
asse
mbly
act
ivitie
s, a
nd t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hey
pla
ce o
n t
he
learn
er
2.3
des
crib
e th
e per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d
cloth
ing t
o b
e w
orn
during t
he
ass
embly
act
ivitie
s 2.4
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith p
roduci
ng
met
al p
atte
rn o
r m
odel
ass
emblie
s, a
nd h
ow
they
ca
n b
e m
inim
ised
2.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to o
bta
in t
he
nec
essa
ry job
inst
ruct
ions,
dra
win
gs
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
for
the
ass
embly
, and h
ow
to inte
rpre
t th
e in
form
ation
2.6
ex
pla
in h
ow
to iden
tify
the
com
ponen
ts t
o b
e use
d;
com
ponen
t id
entifica
tion s
yste
ms
(eg c
odes
and
com
ponen
t orien
tation indic
ators
)
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
177
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.7
des
crib
e th
e pre
par
atio
ns
to b
e under
take
n o
n t
he
com
ponen
ts p
rior
to f
itting t
hem
into
the
asse
mbly
2.8
des
crib
e th
e as
sem
bly
met
hods
and p
roce
dure
s to
be
use
d,
and t
he
import
ance
of
adher
ing t
o t
hes
e pro
cedure
s 2.9
ex
pla
in h
ow
to m
ark
out
the
nec
essa
ry d
atu
m lin
es
for
the
ass
embly
oper
atio
ns
2.1
0
expla
in h
ow
the
com
ponen
ts a
re t
o b
e al
igned
and
posi
tioned
prior
to s
ecuring t
hem
, an
d t
he
tools
and
equip
men
t th
at a
re u
sed
2.1
1
expla
in w
hy
som
e ty
pes
of as
sem
bly
req
uire
the
use
of jigs
and g
auges
to a
id t
he
asse
mbly
2.1
2
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
mec
han
ical fa
sten
ers
that
will
be
use
d t
o s
ecure
the
pat
tern
or
model
equip
men
t,
and t
hei
r m
ethod o
f in
stal
lation (
incl
udin
g t
hre
aded
fa
sten
ers,
dow
els
and p
ins,
spec
ial se
curing
dev
ices
) 2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e ap
plic
ation o
f se
alants
and a
dhes
ives
w
ithin
the
asse
mbly
act
ivitie
s, a
nd t
he
pre
cautions
that
must
be
take
n w
hen
work
ing w
ith t
hem
2.1
4
des
crib
e th
e qual
ity
contr
ol pro
cedure
s to
be
follo
wed
during t
he
ass
embly
oper
atio
ns
2.1
5
expla
in h
ow
to c
onduct
any
nec
essa
ry c
hec
ks t
o
ensu
re t
he
accu
racy
and q
ual
ity
of th
e patt
ern
equip
men
t or
model
s pro
duce
d
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
178
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
6
expla
in h
ow
to r
ecognis
e def
ects
, ble
mis
hes
, poor
alig
nm
ent,
inef
fect
ive
fast
ener
s, o
r dam
aged
co
mponen
ts
2.1
7
des
crib
e th
e m
ethods
and e
quip
men
t use
d t
o lift
and h
andle
lar
ge
or
hea
vy c
om
ponen
ts into
posi
tion
2.1
8
expla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k th
at t
he
tools
and e
quip
men
t to
be
use
d a
re in a
saf
e an
d s
ervi
ceab
le c
onditio
n,
and h
ow
to c
hec
k th
at t
he
equip
men
t is
within
its
cu
rren
t ce
rtific
atio
n d
ates
2.1
9
expla
in t
he
import
ance
of
ensu
ring t
hat
all
tools
are
use
d c
orr
ectly
and w
ithin
thei
r per
mitte
d o
per
atin
g
range
2.2
0
expla
in w
hy
it is
import
ant
to k
eep t
he
tools
and
equip
men
t cl
ean a
nd f
ree
from
dam
age,
to p
ract
ice
good h
ouse
keep
ing o
f to
ols
and e
quip
men
t, a
nd t
o
mai
nta
in a
cle
an a
nd u
nobst
ruct
ed w
ork
ing a
rea
2.2
1
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
179
Unit 19: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using cast resin techniques
Unit reference number: Y/502/9331
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 60
Guided learning hours: 119
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to cast resin pattern parts, coreboxes, corebox parts and model components, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to use appropriate manufacturing drawings, instructions, specifications and documentation, together with other quality documentation to produce the various types of component. The size, shape and complexity of the parts to be produced will vary, and it is anticipated that originals and duplicates will be used in the process. Individual sections of patterns, coreboxes and models will be cast from existing equipment when alterations, modifications or repairs are required. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the resin casting activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the casting activities, tools or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying resin casting procedures. The learner will understand the resin casting requirements and procedures, and their application, and will know about the tools, techniques, materials and consumables used, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the components produced are to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the casting operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
180
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
181
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Produce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
com
ponen
ts
usi
ng c
ast
res
in
tech
niq
ues
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing d
uring t
he
resi
n
cast
ing o
per
atio
ns:
–
use
the
corr
ect
issu
e of dra
win
gs,
spec
ific
atio
ns
and m
ater
ial dat
a sh
eets
–
use
copie
s of re
leva
nt
CO
SH
H s
hee
ts a
nd r
isk
asse
ssm
ents
–
obta
in m
ater
ials
(in
life
batc
hes
, co
rrec
tly
pro
tect
ed)
–
obta
in a
ll to
ols
and e
quip
men
t to
be
use
d a
nd
chec
k th
at t
hey
are
fit for
purp
ose
–
use
appro
ved a
nd s
afe
cast
ing p
roce
dure
s at
all
tim
es
–
retu
rn a
ll to
ols
and e
quip
men
t to
the
corr
ect
loca
tion o
n c
om
ple
tion o
f th
e ac
tivi
ties
–
le
ave
the
work
are
a in
a s
afe
conditio
n
1.3
fo
llow
the
corr
ect
com
ponen
t dra
win
g o
r an
y oth
er
rela
ted s
pec
ific
ations
for
the
com
ponen
t to
be
pro
duce
d
1.4
det
erm
ine
what
has
to b
e done
and h
ow
this
will
be
achie
ved
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
182
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.5
obta
in a
nd p
repare
the
appro
priat
e to
ols
, eq
uip
men
t an
d m
ater
ials
1.6
pre
par
e al
l of th
e fo
llow
ing in r
eadin
ess
for
the
cast
ing a
ctiv
itie
s:
–
mas
ters
–
fr
ames
–
inse
rts
–
rele
ase
sys
tem
s 1.7
use
sev
en o
f th
e fo
llow
ing m
ate
rial
s during t
he
cast
ing a
ctiv
itie
s:
–
resi
ns
(incl
udin
g q
uic
k se
t)
–
cata
lyst
s –
acc
eler
ators
–
pig
men
ts
–
wax
–
rele
ase
agen
ts
–
fille
rs
–
stopper
s –
w
ood/m
etal
inse
rts
1.8
ca
rry
out
the
mould
ing o
r la
ying-u
p a
ctiv
itie
s usi
ng
the
corr
ect
met
hods
and t
echniq
ues
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
183
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.9
pre
par
e an
d c
ast
mat
eria
ls t
o incl
ude
all of
the
follo
win
g:
–
det
erm
inin
g t
he
corr
ect
type
and a
mount
of
resi
n m
ixes
–
m
ixin
g t
he
mat
eria
ls e
ither
man
ual
ly o
r m
echan
ically
–
ca
stin
g f
ull
or
par
t-m
ould
sec
tions
or
model
s –
ap
ply
ing c
orr
ect
de-
mould
ing t
echniq
ues
–
tr
imm
ing a
nd d
ress
ing c
ast
com
ponen
ts
–
rect
ifyi
ng m
inor
surf
ace
def
ects
(as
appro
priat
e)
1.1
0
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts t
o t
he
required
spec
ific
ation
1.1
1
pro
duce
a r
ange
of
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h c
ove
r five
of
the
follo
win
g fea
ture
s:
–
flat
face
s –
ta
per
ed face
s –
cu
rved
pro
file
s –
st
epped
fea
ture
s –
co
nca
ve p
rofile
s –
co
nve
x pro
file
s 1.1
2
chec
k th
at a
ll th
e re
quired
oper
atio
ns
hav
e bee
n
com
ple
ted t
o s
pec
ific
atio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
184
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
3
pro
duce
pat
tern
. or
model
ass
emblie
s w
hic
h c
om
ply
w
ith o
ne
or
more
of
the
follo
win
g s
tandar
ds:
–
IS
O 9
000 s
erie
s an
d p
roce
dure
s –
cu
stom
er s
tandar
ds
and r
equirem
ents
–
co
mpan
y st
andar
ds
and p
roce
dure
s 1.1
4
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
2.
Know
how
to p
roduce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
co
mponen
ts u
sing c
ast
re
sin t
echniq
ues
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pra
ctic
es a
nd
pro
cedure
s th
at t
hey
nee
d t
o o
bse
rve
when
w
ork
ing w
ith c
ast
res
in m
ater
ials
and p
roce
dure
s (i
ncl
udin
g a
ny
spec
ific
leg
isla
tion,
regula
tions/
codes
of pra
ctic
e fo
r th
e act
ivitie
s, e
quip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a w
her
e th
ey a
re c
arry
ing o
ut
the
activi
ties
, an
d t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hey
pla
ce o
n t
he
lear
ner
2.3
des
crib
e th
e pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t th
at t
hey
nee
d
to u
se f
or
per
sonal
pro
tect
ion a
nd,
wher
e ap
pro
priat
e, t
he
pro
tect
ion o
f oth
ers
2.4
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith c
arry
ing o
ut
resi
n c
ast
ing a
ctiv
itie
s (t
ools
, m
ater
ials
and
equip
men
t),
and h
ow
they
can
be
min
imis
ed
2.5
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
for
the
corr
ect
separ
atio
n
and s
afe
dis
posa
l of
was
te m
ater
ials
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
185
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.6
des
crib
e th
e in
terp
reta
tion o
f dra
win
gs,
sta
ndar
ds,
qual
ity
contr
ol pro
cedure
s an
d s
pec
ific
atio
ns
use
d
for
the
cast
ing a
ctiv
ity,
and t
he
curr
ency
/iss
ue
chec
ks o
f th
e docu
men
ts t
hey
are
work
ing w
ith
2.7
des
crib
e th
e use
of,
and c
onve
ntions/
term
inolo
gy
use
d in,
resi
n c
asting
2.8
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
s fo
r en
suring t
hat
they
hav
e th
e co
rrec
t to
ols
and e
quip
men
t fo
r th
e ca
stin
g
act
ivitie
s, a
nd h
ow
to c
hec
k th
at
they
are
in g
ood
ord
er a
nd f
it f
or
purp
ose
2.9
des
crib
e th
e diffe
rent
met
hods
use
d t
o p
roduce
cast
re
sin c
om
ponen
ts for
pat
tern
or
model
maki
ng
2.1
0
des
crib
e th
e ty
pes
of
resi
n a
nd o
ther
mat
eria
ls t
hat
are
use
d in t
he
cast
ing p
roce
ss,
and w
hy
diffe
rent
amounts
of m
ate
rials
are
use
d in t
he
resi
n m
ixes
2.1
1
des
crib
e th
e fu
nct
ion a
nd a
pplic
atio
n o
f th
e fo
llow
ing m
ater
ials
: re
lease
agen
ts,
liquid
res
ins,
ca
taly
sts,
acc
eler
ators
, pig
men
ts,
wax
, st
opper
s,
fille
rs,
inse
rts
2.1
2
des
crib
e th
e diffe
rent
mix
ing m
ethods
that
can
be
use
d w
hen
pre
paring m
ater
ials
for
use
(both
m
anual
and m
echan
ical
) 2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e co
rrec
t se
quen
ce a
nd t
echniq
ue
of
mix
ing t
he
vari
ous
mat
eria
ls t
oget
her
, an
d t
he
effe
cts
on t
he
cast
res
ins
of usi
ng inco
rrec
t se
quen
ces
and v
olu
mes
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
186
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
4
expla
in t
he
import
ance
of ke
epin
g t
he
mast
ers
clea
n a
nd f
ree
from
dam
age;
pra
ctic
ing g
ood
house
keep
ing o
f m
ixin
g t
ools
, co
nta
iner
s an
d
equip
men
t; m
ainta
inin
g a
cle
an,
unobst
ruct
ed a
nd
wel
l ve
ntila
ted w
ork
ing a
rea
2.1
5
des
crib
e th
e m
ethods
of re
movi
ng t
he
com
ple
ted
cast
ing f
rom
the
mould
s w
ithout
causi
ng d
amag
e to
th
e ca
stin
g o
r th
e m
ould
2.1
6
des
crib
e th
e m
ethods
of tr
imm
ing a
nd d
ress
ing t
he
finis
hed
cast
ing,
and t
he
tools
and t
echniq
ues
that
ar
e use
d
2.1
7
des
crib
e th
e qual
ity
contr
ol pro
cedure
s to
be
follo
wed
during t
he
cast
ing o
per
ations
2.1
8
expla
in h
ow
to r
ecognis
e ca
stin
g d
efec
ts
(conta
min
atio
n a
nd s
urf
ace
def
ects
), t
hei
r ca
use
, ef
fect
and p
reve
ntion
2.1
9
des
crib
e th
e pro
ble
ms
that
can o
ccur
with t
he
resi
n
cast
ing o
per
atio
ns,
and h
ow
thes
e ca
n b
e ove
rcom
e
2.2
0
des
crib
e th
e re
cord
ing d
ocu
men
tation t
hat
nee
ds
to
be
com
ple
ted for
the
resi
n c
ast
ing a
ctiv
itie
s under
take
n
2.2
1
expla
in h
ow
to m
ark
and iden
tify
spec
ific
pie
ces
of
work
in r
elat
ion t
o t
he
docu
men
tation,
wher
e ap
pro
priat
e 2.2
2
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
187
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
188
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
189
Unit 20: Proving patterns, coreboxes or models
Unit reference number: D/502/9332
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 40
Guided learning hours: 91
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to check and prove patterns, coreboxes or model components, in accordance with approved procedures. This will involve proving the equipment by either having castings or cores produced in the foundry or by producing cast resin negatives or models. The learner will then be expected to check that the castings, cores or models comply with the specification for dimensional accuracy, shape/profile, freedom from flash, cross joints and thick or thin sections. This will require the learner to select the appropriate method, tools and equipment to use, based on the type, size and requirements of the equipment to be proved. The complexity of the equipment to be proved will vary, and it is anticipated that originals and duplicates will be used in the checking process. The learner will prove either new equipment or existing equipment that has been altered, modified or repaired. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the proving activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the activities, tools or equipment used that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they produce. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying pattern, corebox or model proving procedures. The learner will understand the procedures and techniques used, and their application, and will know about the casting and resin casting methods, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities and identifying any irregularities in the samples produced by the different methods. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the proving operations. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
190
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
191
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Pr
ove
pat
tern
s, c
ore
boxe
s or
model
s 1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing d
uring t
he
pro
ving
act
ivitie
s:
–
use
the
corr
ect
issu
e of dra
win
gs,
spec
ific
atio
ns
and m
ater
ial dat
a sh
eets
–
use
copie
s of re
leva
nt
CO
SH
H s
hee
ts a
nd r
isk
asse
ssm
ents
–
obta
in a
ll to
ols
and e
quip
men
t to
be
use
d,
and
chec
k th
at t
hey
are
fit for
purp
ose
–
use
appro
ved a
nd s
afe
cast
ing p
roce
dure
s at
all
tim
es
–
retu
rn a
ll to
ols
and e
quip
men
t to
the
corr
ect
loca
tion o
n c
om
ple
tion o
f th
e ac
tivi
ties
–
le
ave
the
work
are
a in
a s
afe
conditio
n
1.3
fo
llow
and m
ake
appro
priat
e use
of th
e sp
ecific
atio
ns
for
the
pro
duct
or
asse
t bei
ng
chec
ked
1.4
use
all
the
corr
ect
tools
and insp
ection e
quip
men
t an
d c
hec
k th
at t
hey
are
in a
use
able
conditio
n
1.5
ca
rry
out
the
chec
ks in a
n a
ppro
priat
e se
quen
ce
usi
ng a
ppro
ved m
ethods
and p
roce
dure
s
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
192
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.6
pro
duce
sam
ple
s fo
r in
spec
tion t
o incl
ude
two o
f th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
sa
mple
cas
tings
–
sam
ple
core
s –
ca
st r
esin
mas
ters
–
ca
st r
esin
neg
ativ
es
1.7
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing c
hec
ks o
n t
he
sam
ple
ca
stin
gs
pro
duce
d,
and r
ecord
the
resu
lts:
–
vi
sual ch
ecks
for
def
ects
–
dim
ensi
onal
chec
ks u
sing inst
rum
ents
–
ch
ecks
usi
ng p
rofile
gau
ges
–
fr
eedom
fro
m e
xces
sive
fla
sh
–
cross
join
ts
–
thic
k or
thin
sec
tions
–
oth
er s
ub-s
tandar
d f
eatu
res
1.8
id
entify
and a
sses
s any
def
ects
or
variat
ions
from
th
e sp
ecific
atio
n a
nd t
ake
appro
priat
e act
ion
1.9
co
mple
te p
atte
rn o
r m
odel
pro
ving a
ctiv
itie
s by
carr
ying o
ut
all of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
co
nfirm
ing e
quip
men
t is
acc
epta
ble
for
pro
duct
ion
–
report
ing s
ub-s
tandar
d e
quip
men
t fo
r re
ctific
atio
n o
r re
pla
cem
ent
–
com
ple
ting a
ll re
leva
nt
pap
erw
ork
/docu
men
tation
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
193
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
0
report
com
ple
tion o
f co
mplia
nce
act
ivitie
s in
lin
e w
ith o
rgan
isat
ional
pro
cedure
s
2.
Know
how
to p
rove
pat
tern
s, c
ore
boxe
s or
model
s
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
whils
t ca
rryi
ng o
ut
the
pat
tern
or
model
pro
ving
activi
ties
(in
cludin
g a
ny
spec
ific
leg
isla
tion,
regula
tions
or
codes
of pra
ctic
e re
lating t
o t
he
activi
ties
, eq
uip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls u
sed)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a in w
hic
h t
hey
are
car
ryin
g o
ut
the
pro
ving a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hey
pla
ce
on t
he
lear
ner
2.3
des
crib
e th
e CO
SH
H r
egula
tions
with r
egar
d t
o t
he
subst
ance
s use
d in t
he
pro
ving p
roce
ss
2.4
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith c
hec
king a
nd
pro
ving c
ast
ings
and c
ast
resi
n m
aste
rs/n
egat
ives
, an
d h
ow
they
can
be
min
imis
ed
2.5
des
crib
e th
e per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d
cloth
ing t
o b
e w
orn
during t
he
chec
king a
nd
pro
ving a
ctiv
itie
s
2.6
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
xtra
ct a
nd u
se info
rmat
ion fro
m
pat
tern
dra
win
gs,
spec
ific
ations
and w
ork
in
stru
ctio
ns
(to incl
ude
sym
bols
and c
onve
ntions
to
appro
priat
e BS o
r IS
O s
tandar
ds
in r
elat
ion t
o t
he
work
under
take
n)
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
194
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.7
ex
pla
in h
ow
to inte
rpre
t firs
t an
d t
hir
d a
ngle
dra
win
gs,
im
per
ial an
d m
etric
syst
ems
of
mea
sure
men
t, w
ork
pie
ce r
efer
ence
poin
ts a
nd
syst
em o
f to
lera
nci
ng
2.8
des
crib
e th
e use
of
British
, Euro
pea
n a
nd
inte
rnat
ional
sta
ndar
ds
in d
eter
min
ing if
com
ponen
ts a
nd p
roduct
s ar
e fit
for
purp
ose
2.9
des
crib
e th
e gen
eral
princi
ple
s of qual
ity
assu
rance
an
d c
ontr
ol sy
stem
s an
d p
roce
dure
s 2.1
0
des
crib
e th
e pre
par
atio
ns
of
the
cast
ings
to b
e under
take
n b
efore
the
cast
ings
are
chec
ked
2.1
1
des
crib
e th
e applic
ation o
f th
e va
rious
tools
and
equip
men
t use
d t
o c
hec
k th
e ca
stin
gs
2.1
2
expla
in t
he
import
ance
of en
suring t
hat
tools
and
equip
men
t ar
e se
t up c
orr
ectly
and a
re in a
safe
an
d u
seab
le c
onditio
n
2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e pro
cedure
and m
ethods
use
d t
o c
hec
k to
ols
and e
quip
men
t ar
e w
ithin
cal
ibra
tion d
ate
2.1
4
des
crib
e th
e qual
ity
contr
ol pro
cedure
s to
be
follo
wed
when
chec
king t
he
cast
ings
2.1
5
expla
in h
ow
to c
onduct
any
nec
essa
ry c
hec
ks t
o
ensu
re t
he
dim
ensi
onal
acc
ura
cy,
posi
tion o
f co
red
hole
s, c
om
ple
tenes
s of th
e ca
stin
g a
nd fre
edom
fr
om
def
ects
2.1
6
des
crib
e th
e ty
pes
of
def
ect
that
can
be
found o
n
the
cast
ings,
and w
hy
they
occ
urr
ed.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
195
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
7
des
crib
e th
e fa
ctors
that
hav
e to
be
consi
der
ed t
o
det
erm
ine
if t
he
cast
ings
are
acc
epta
ble
or
if t
he
equip
men
t nee
ds
to b
e m
odifie
d o
r sc
rapped
2.1
8
des
crib
e th
e docu
men
tation t
o b
e co
mple
ted t
o
confirm
that
the
equip
men
t has
bee
n c
hec
ked,
and
that
the
resu
lts
of th
e findin
gs
hav
e bee
n r
ecord
ed
2.1
9
expla
in t
he
import
ance
of
ensu
ring t
hat
all
tools
an
d e
quip
men
t are
ret
urn
ed t
o t
hei
r co
rrec
t lo
cation o
n c
om
ple
tion o
f th
e ch
ecki
ng a
nd p
rovi
ng
activi
ties
2.2
0
des
crib
e th
e id
entifica
tion o
f def
ects
whic
h r
elate
direc
tly
to t
he
pat
tern
equip
men
t or
model
s 2.2
1
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
196
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
197
Unit 21: Setting CNC machine tools for operation
Unit reference number: H/502/9333
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 70
Guided learning hours: 126
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to prepare and set up numerically controlled (NC) or computer numerically controlled (CNC) machine tools, such as milling, turning or electro-discharge machines, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be expected to select the appropriate workholding devices to be used, and to mount and position them to the machine in the correct location for the type of operation being carried out. The learner will also be required to select the appropriate tools, cutters, electrodes or wires, to check them for defects, and to mount and secure them to the relevant tool holding devices and machine spindle. The learner will need to ensure that all the tools have been allocated a relevant tool number, and that the relevant data on their coordinates and datum positions is entered into the operating program and machine. This will involve loading programs to the machine control, performing a ‘dry run’, proving the component program, checking for errors/faults, editing and saving program changes. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the machine-setting activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the equipment, tooling, programs or setting-up activities that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the setting-up procedures used. The learner will understand the NC/CNC machine used, and its application, and will know about the workholding devices, tooling, machine operating programs and setting-up procedures, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for setting up the equipment, correcting faults and ensuring that the work output is produced to the required specification.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
198
The learner will understand the safety precautions required when working with the machine and its associated tools and equipment. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
199
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Set
CN
C m
achin
e to
ols
for
oper
atio
n
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing a
ctiv
itie
s during s
etting
up:
–
co
nfirm
that
the
corr
ect
oper
ating p
rogra
m h
as
bee
n load
ed
–
chec
k th
at t
he
toolin
g is
in a
usa
ble
conditio
n
–
ensu
re t
hat
the
work
pie
ce is
corr
ectly
posi
tioned
an
d s
ecure
d w
ithout
dis
tort
ion
–
updat
e th
e pro
gra
m t
ool dat
a as
applic
able
–
posi
tion a
nd a
dju
st m
achin
e guard
s
–
apply
safe
work
ing p
ract
ices
at
all tim
es
1.3
fo
llow
the
corr
ect
spec
ific
ations
for
the
com
ponen
t to
be
pro
duce
d
1.4
det
erm
ine
what
has
to b
e done
and h
ow
the
mac
hin
e w
ill b
e se
t to
ach
ieve
this
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
200
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.5
pre
par
e th
e to
olin
g for
oper
atio
n b
y ca
rryi
ng o
ut
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
s ap
plic
able
to t
he
mac
hin
e ty
pe:
–
pre
-set
ting t
oolin
g/e
lect
rodes
in t
oolin
g
cart
ridges
/hold
ers,
man
ual
ly o
r by
usi
ng s
etting
jigs/
fixt
ure
s –
posi
tionin
g t
ools
in t
he
corr
ect
posi
tion in t
he
mac
hin
e hea
d,
turr
ets,
mag
azi
ne,
car
ouse
l or
dock
ing s
tation
–
load
ing a
nd t
hre
adin
g w
ire
thro
ugh w
ire-
feed
m
echan
ism
and w
ire
guid
es
–
chec
king t
hat
tools
, w
ires
or
elec
trode
cart
ridge
hold
ers
have
a s
pec
ific
tool num
ber
or
tech
nolo
gy
sett
ing in r
elat
ionsh
ip t
o t
he
oper
atin
g p
rogra
m
–
ente
ring a
ll re
leva
nt
tool dat
a to
the
oper
ating
pro
gra
m (
tool le
ngth
s, t
ool off
sets
, ra
diu
s co
mpen
sation,
wire
type
and s
ize,
num
ber
of
skim
s)
–
sett
ing t
ool or
wire
dat
um
poin
t –
sa
ving c
hanges
to p
rogra
m
1.6
m
ount
and s
et t
he
required
work
hold
ing d
evic
es,
work
pie
ce a
nd c
utt
ing t
ools
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
201
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.7
pre
par
e one
of th
e fo
llow
ing N
C/C
NC m
ach
ines
in
read
ines
s fo
r pro
duct
ion:
–
tu
rnin
g
–
m
illin
g
–
spar
k er
osi
on
–
wire
erosi
on
–
mac
hin
ing c
entr
e 1.8
posi
tion a
nd s
ecure
work
pie
ces
usi
ng t
hre
e of
the
follo
win
g w
ork
hold
ing m
ethods
and d
evic
es:
–
clam
pin
g d
irec
t to
mach
ine
table
–
ve
e blo
cks
and c
lam
ps
–
mac
hin
e vi
ce
–
chuck
s w
ith h
ard jaw
s –
ch
uck
s w
ith s
oft
jaw
s –
co
llet
chuck
s –
jigs
and f
ixtu
res
–
angle
pla
te
–
fa
cepla
tes
–
index
ing/r
ota
ting d
evic
e –
m
agnet
ic o
r pneu
mat
ic t
able
s –
oth
er w
ork
hold
ing d
evic
es
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
202
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.9
se
lect
and m
ount,
in t
he
appro
priat
e to
ol hold
ing
dev
ice,
the
follo
win
g t
ypes
of to
olin
g for
the
sele
cted
mac
hin
e:
ei
ther
: tu
rnin
g t
ools
, to
incl
ude
six
of
the
follo
win
g:
–
tu
rnin
g
–
faci
ng
–
tw
ist/
core
drills
–
boring t
ools
–
re
amer
s
–
thre
ad-c
utt
ing t
ools
–
re
cess
ing/u
nder
cutt
ing t
ools
–
pro
filin
g t
ools
–
taps
or:
mill
ing c
utt
ers,
to incl
ude
six
of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
face
mill
s
–
end m
ills
–
slot
dri
lls
–
twis
t/co
re d
rills
–
pro
file
cutt
ers
–
boring t
ools
–
re
amer
s
–
taps
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
203
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
or:
ele
ctro
des
, to
incl
ude
two o
f th
e fo
llow
ing,
as
applic
able
to t
he
mach
ine
type:
–
pla
in e
lect
rodes
–
pro
file
ele
ctro
des
–
hollo
w e
lect
rodes
–
wires
1.1
0
set
the
mach
ine
tool oper
atin
g p
aram
eter
s to
ac
hie
ve t
he
com
ponen
t sp
ecific
atio
n
1.1
1
set
up t
he
mac
hin
e to
pro
duce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
com
ponen
ts,
com
bin
ing s
ever
al diffe
rent
oper
atio
ns
as follo
ws
for
the
sele
cted
mach
ine:
eith
er:
turn
ing,
to incl
ude
six
of th
e fo
llow
ing
–
par
alle
l dia
met
ers
–
ream
ed h
ole
s –
pro
file
s –
ta
per
ed d
iam
eter
s –
bore
d h
ole
s –
under
cuts
/rec
esse
s –
sh
ould
ers
and s
teps
–
inte
rnal
thre
ads
–
flat
face
s –
drille
d h
ole
s –
ex
tern
al th
read
s –
ta
per
ed b
ore
s
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
204
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
or:
mill
ing,
to incl
ude
six
of
the
follo
win
g:
–
flat
face
s –
drille
d h
ole
s –
open
ended
slo
ts
–
par
alle
l fa
ces
–
ream
ed h
ole
s –
sp
ecia
l pro
file
–
sq
uar
e fa
ces
–
bore
d h
ole
s –
in
dex
ed o
r ro
tate
d f
orm
s –
an
gula
r fa
ces
–
encl
ose
d s
lots
or:
ele
ctro
dis
char
ge
mac
hin
ing,
to incl
ude
five
of
the
follo
win
g:
–
flat
face
s
–
taper
ed face
s
–
angula
r fa
ces
–
exte
rnal pro
file
s –
in
tern
al p
rofile
s –
sl
ots
–
hole
s —
lin
ear
(row
s, a
ngle
s)
–
hole
s on p
itch
circl
es
–
oth
er s
pec
ial fo
rms
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
205
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
2
set
the
feed
s an
d s
pee
ds
appro
priat
e to
one
of th
e fo
llow
ing t
ypes
of m
ate
rial
:
–
carb
on s
teel
–
ca
st iro
n
–
stai
nle
ss s
teel
–
bra
ss/b
ronze
–
non-m
etal
lic
1.1
3
conduct
‘dry
runs’
to p
rove
that
the
mach
ine
is
oper
atin
g t
o r
equired
spec
ific
atio
n,
to incl
ude
all of
the
follo
win
g,
as a
ppro
priate
:
–
dim
ensi
onal
tole
rance
equiv
alen
t to
BS4500 o
r BS1916 G
rade
7
–
turn
ing a
nd m
illin
g s
urf
ace
finis
h 6
3µin
or
1.6
µm
–
ED
M s
urf
ace
fin
ish 3
2µin
/0.8
µm
, 18VD
I –
re
amed
and b
ore
d h
ole
s w
ithin
H8
–
angle
s w
ithin
+/-
0.5
deg
ree
–
scre
w t
hre
ads
BS m
ediu
m f
it
–
flat
and s
quar
e 0.0
01in
per
inch
or
0.0
25m
m p
er
25m
m
1.1
4
chec
k th
at a
ll sa
fety
mec
han
ism
s are
in p
lace
and
that
the
equip
men
t is
set
corr
ectly
for
the
required
oper
atio
ns
1.1
5
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
206
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.
Know
how
to s
et C
NC
m
achin
e to
ols
for
oper
atio
n
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
when
set
ting u
p w
ork
hold
ing d
evic
es a
nd t
oolin
g o
n
NC/C
NC m
achin
es
2.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
to s
tart
and s
top t
he
mach
ine
in
norm
al a
nd e
mer
gen
cy s
ituat
ions
2.3
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of en
suring t
hat
the
mac
hin
e is
iso
late
d f
rom
the
pow
er s
upply
bef
ore
m
ounting c
utt
ing t
ools
/ele
ctro
des
and w
ork
hold
ing
dev
ices
2.4
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of
wea
ring t
he
appro
priate
pro
tect
ive
cloth
ing a
nd e
quip
men
t, a
nd o
f ke
epin
g
the
work
are
a cl
ean a
nd t
idy
2.5
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith w
ork
ing o
n
NC/C
NC m
achin
es (
such
as
use
of m
ovi
ng
mac
hin
ery,
auto
mat
ic m
ach
ine
oper
atio
n,
han
dlin
g
cutt
ing t
ools
, lif
ting a
nd h
andlin
g w
ork
hold
ing
dev
ices
, hot
and a
irborn
e m
etal
par
ticl
es),
and h
ow
th
ey c
an b
e m
inim
ised
2.6
ex
pla
in h
ow
to h
andle
and s
tore
cutt
ing t
ools
, el
ectr
odes
/wires
and v
erifie
d t
apes
and p
rogra
ms,
sa
fely
and c
orr
ectly
2.7
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
xtra
ct a
nd u
se info
rmat
ion fro
m
engin
eering d
raw
ings
and r
elat
ed s
pec
ific
ations
(to
incl
ude
sym
bols
and c
onve
ntions
to a
ppro
priat
e BS
or
ISO
sta
ndar
ds
in r
elat
ion t
o w
ork
under
take
n)
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
207
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.8
ex
pla
in h
ow
to inte
rpre
t firs
t an
d t
hir
d a
ngle
dra
win
gs,
im
per
ial an
d m
etric
syst
ems
of
mea
sure
men
t, w
ork
pie
ce r
efer
ence
poin
ts a
nd
syst
em o
f to
lera
nci
ng
2.9
des
crib
e th
e ra
nge
of
work
hold
ing m
ethods
and
dev
ices
that
are
use
d o
n N
C/C
NC m
ach
ines
2.1
0
expla
in w
hy
it is
import
ant
to s
et t
he
work
hold
ing
dev
ice
in r
elat
ionsh
ip t
o t
he
mach
ine
dat
um
s an
d
refe
rence
poin
ts
2.1
1
des
crib
e th
e m
ethods
of se
ttin
g t
he
work
hold
ing
dev
ices
, and t
he
tools
and e
quip
men
t th
at
can b
e use
d
2.1
2
des
crib
e th
e ra
nge
of
cutt
ing t
ools
or
elec
trodes
th
at a
re u
sed o
n t
he
NC/C
NC m
achin
es t
hey
are
usi
ng,
and t
ypic
al ap
plic
ations
of ea
ch
2.1
3
expla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k th
at t
he
cutt
ing t
ools
or
elec
trodes
are
in a
safe
and s
ervi
ceab
le c
onditio
n
2.1
4
des
crib
e th
e use
of tu
ngst
en c
arb
ide,
cer
am
ic a
nd
dia
mond index
ible
tip
toolin
g,
and t
he
fact
ors
whic
h
will
det
erm
ine
thei
r se
lect
ion a
nd u
se (
the
conditio
n
of m
ater
ial su
pplie
d,
har
dnes
s of th
e m
ater
ial, t
he
cutt
ing c
hara
cter
istics
of th
e m
ate
rial
, to
lera
nce
s to
be
achie
ved,
com
ponen
t su
rface
fin
ish a
nd
spec
ific
atio
ns)
2.1
5
des
crib
e th
e fa
ctors
whic
h a
ffec
t th
e se
lect
ion o
f el
ectr
odes
or
the
type
and s
ize
of w
ire
to b
e use
d
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
208
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
6
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
tool hold
ing d
evic
es t
hat
are
use
d,
and t
he
met
hods
of
corr
ectly
mounting a
nd
secu
ring t
he
cutt
ing t
ools
or
elec
trodes
to t
he
tool
hold
ers
2.1
7
des
crib
e th
e ad
vanta
ges
of usi
ng p
re-s
et t
oolin
g,
and h
ow
to s
et t
he
toolin
g u
sing s
etting
jigs/
fixt
ure
s
2.1
8
des
crib
e th
e use
of m
agaz
ines
and c
aro
use
ls,
and
how
to p
osi
tion a
nd iden
tify
the
tools
in r
elat
ionsh
ip
to t
he
oper
atin
g p
rogra
m
2.1
9
expla
in h
ow
to p
lace
the
mach
ine
into
the
corr
ect
oper
atin
g m
ode,
and h
ow
to a
cces
s th
e pro
gra
m
edit f
acili
ty in o
rder
to e
nte
r to
olin
g d
ata
(such
as
tool dat
um
s, p
osi
tions,
len
gth
s, o
ffse
ts a
nd r
adiu
s co
mpen
sation)
2.2
0
expla
in h
ow
to c
onduct
trial
runs
(usi
ng s
ingle
-blo
ck r
un,
dry
run,
and fee
d/s
pee
d o
verr
ide
contr
ols
) 2.2
1
des
crib
e th
e th
ings
that
they
nee
d t
o c
hec
k bef
ore
al
low
ing t
he
mach
ine
to o
per
ate
in full
pro
gra
m r
un
mode
2.2
2
expla
in h
ow
the
vari
ous
mat
eria
ls w
ill a
ffec
t th
e fe
eds
and s
pee
ds
that
can b
e use
d
2.2
3
des
crib
e th
e ap
plic
ation o
f cu
ttin
g flu
ids
with r
egar
d
to a
ran
ge
of diffe
rent
mat
eria
ls,
and w
hy
som
e m
ater
ials
do n
ot
require
the
use
of cu
ttin
g flu
ids
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
209
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.2
4
des
crib
e th
e ty
pic
al p
roble
ms
that
can
occ
ur
with
the
sett
ing u
p o
f th
e to
olin
g a
nd w
ork
hold
ing
dev
ices
, and w
hat
to d
o if su
ch p
roble
ms
occ
ur
2.2
5
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
210
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
211
Unit 22: Programming CNC machines to produce pattern or model components
Unit reference number: K/502/9334
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 84
Guided learning hours: 231
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to program a CNC machine tool control to produce components used in the production of patterns, coreboxes or models, and to prove the program, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to produce the component program using manual data input, or by use of a remote computer, saving the prepared program on magnetic tape, disk or downloading it into the machine controller from the computer. The learner will need to check the program using single-block run and program edit facilities. The learner will also be required to adjust the machine-tool equipment and program following proving/editing procedures to achieve component specification. The learner must ensure that any edited programs are saved safely and correctly. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for producing, loading and proving the programs, and to report any problems with these activities that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying the machine-tool programming procedures used. The learner will understand the CNC machine tools used in the process, and their application, and will know about the programming, editing and proving process, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the machine controller is set up to produce the components to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when working on the machine and with the associated tools and equipment. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
212
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
213
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Pr
ogra
mm
e CN
C m
achin
es
to p
roduce
pat
tern
or
model
com
ponen
ts
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
en
sure
that
they
apply
all
of
the
follo
win
g c
hec
ks
and p
ract
ices
during t
he
pro
gra
mm
ing a
ctiv
itie
s:
–
the
corr
ect
com
ponen
t dra
win
gs
are
obta
ined
, an
d a
re c
hec
ked f
or
curr
ency
and v
alid
ity
–
the
appro
priat
e re
fere
nce
man
ual
s an
d
pro
gra
mm
ing c
odes
are
use
d t
o s
uit t
he
mac
hin
e co
ntr
olle
r –
th
e m
ach
ine
contr
olle
r is
mad
e re
ady
to a
ccep
t th
e oper
atin
g p
rogra
m
–
the
pre
par
ed p
rogra
m is
inputt
ed/l
oaded
into
th
e co
ntr
olle
r, s
afel
y an
d c
orr
ectly
–
pro
gra
ms
are
store
d s
afel
y an
d c
orr
ectly
in t
he
appro
priat
e fo
rmat
–
pro
gra
m m
edia
is
store
d s
afel
y an
d c
orr
ectly,
aw
ay f
rom
conta
min
ants
or
elec
trom
agnet
ic
sourc
es
1.3
use
the
corr
ect
contr
ol pro
gra
m a
nd e
nsu
re it
is
corr
ectly
load
ed into
the
mac
hin
e co
ntr
olle
r 1.4
pro
duce
CN
C p
rogra
ms
usi
ng o
ne
of th
e fo
llow
ing
met
hods:
–
w
ritt
en
–
ente
red d
irec
t in
to t
he
mach
ine
contr
olle
r –
usi
ng c
om
pute
r so
ftw
are
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
214
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.5
dev
elop p
art
pro
gra
ms
whic
h c
onta
in a
ll of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
al
l nec
essa
ry p
osi
tional
info
rmat
ion
–
appro
priat
e le
tter
addre
ss c
odes
–
pre
par
ato
ry c
om
man
ds
and m
ach
ine
man
agem
ent/
auxi
liary
funct
ions
–
repet
itiv
e pro
gra
ms
(subro
utines
, ca
nned
cyc
les,
la
bel
s)
–
abso
lute
or
incr
emen
tal sy
stem
s of
mea
sure
men
t –
to
ol/
cutt
er c
hange
posi
tions
–
tool in
form
atio
n (
length
s, o
ffse
ts,
radiu
s co
mpen
sation)
1.6
fo
llow
the
corr
ect
pro
cedure
s fo
r ca
lling u
p t
he
pro
gra
m a
nd d
ealin
g w
ith a
ny
erro
r m
essa
ges
or
faults
1.7
co
nfirm
pro
gra
m inte
grity
1.8
pre
par
e, load
and p
rove
pro
gra
ms
for
one
of th
e fo
llow
ing t
ypes
of CN
C m
achin
e to
ol:
–
tw
o-a
xis
mac
hin
e –
th
ree-
axi
s m
achin
e –
m
ultip
le (
five
or
more
) ax
is m
achin
es
–
mac
hin
ing c
entr
es
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
215
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.9
pro
ve t
he
par
t pro
gra
m u
sing s
ix o
f th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
si
ngle
-blo
ck r
un
–
gra
phic
dis
pla
ys
–
full
dry
run
–
sear
ch f
acili
ties
–
pro
gra
m s
ave
/sto
re f
aci
litie
s –
ed
it f
acili
ties
–
pro
gra
m o
verr
ide
contr
ols
(sp
eed,
feed
, to
ol
dat
a)
–
dat
a in
put
faci
litie
s 1.1
0
adju
st t
he
equip
men
t an
d p
rogra
m o
per
atin
g
par
amet
ers
to o
ptim
ise
the
outc
om
es t
o b
e ac
hie
ved
1.1
1
load
and c
orr
ectly
set
up a
ll as
soci
ated
equip
men
t 1.1
2
chec
k th
at a
ll sa
fety
mec
han
ism
s are
in p
lace
and
that
the
equip
men
t is
set
corr
ectly
for
the
required
oper
atio
ns
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
216
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
3
confirm
that
the
mach
ine
and p
rogra
m o
per
ate
s sa
fely
and c
orr
ectly,
by
chec
king a
ll of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
al
l oper
atio
ns
are
carr
ied o
ut
to t
he
pro
gra
m
coord
inat
es
–
tool ch
ange
posi
tions
are
safe
and c
lear
of th
e w
ork
pie
ce a
nd m
ach
ine
equip
men
t –
th
e co
rrec
t to
ols
are
sel
ecte
d a
t th
e appro
priat
e poin
ts in t
he
pro
gra
m
–
tool cu
tter
pat
hs
are
exec
ute
d s
afel
y an
d
corr
ectly
–
au
xilia
ry funct
ions
oper
ate
at t
he
corr
ect
poin
t in
th
e pro
gra
m (
cutt
er s
tart
/sto
p,
coola
nt
flow
) –
pro
gra
ms
hav
e bee
n s
aved
in t
he
appro
priat
e fo
rmat
1.1
4
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
2.
Know
how
to p
rogra
mm
e CN
C m
achin
es t
o p
roduce
pat
tern
or
model
co
mponen
ts
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
when
loadin
g a
nd p
rovi
ng C
NC m
achin
e to
ol
oper
atin
g p
rogra
ms
2.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
to s
tart
and s
top t
he
mach
ine
in
norm
al a
nd e
mer
gen
cy s
ituat
ions
2.3
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of
wea
ring t
he
appro
priate
pro
tect
ive
cloth
ing a
nd e
quip
men
t, a
nd o
f ke
epin
g
the
work
are
a cl
ean a
nd t
idy
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
217
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.4
des
crib
e th
e co
mputing c
odin
g lan
guag
e use
d in
CN
C p
rogra
ms
with r
egar
d t
o m
achin
e ax
es,
posi
tional in
form
ation,
mac
hin
e m
anag
emen
t an
d
auxi
liary
funct
ions
2.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
xtra
ct a
nd u
se info
rmat
ion fro
m
engin
eering d
raw
ings
and r
elat
ed s
pec
ific
ations
(to
incl
ude
sym
bols
and c
onve
ntions
to a
ppro
priat
e BS
or
ISO
sta
ndar
ds
in r
elat
ion t
o w
ork
under
take
n)
2.6
ex
pla
in h
ow
to inte
rpre
t firs
t an
d t
hir
d a
ngle
dra
win
gs,
im
per
ial an
d m
etric
syst
ems
of
mea
sure
men
t, a
nd s
yste
m o
f to
lera
nci
ng
2.7
ex
pla
in h
ow
to inte
rpre
t CN
C d
raw
ings,
and t
he
use
of w
ork
pie
ce z
ero/r
efer
ence
poin
ts
2.8
des
crib
e th
e sy
stem
s of m
easu
rem
ent
use
d o
n C
NC
dra
win
g (
incl
udin
g a
bso
lute
and incr
emen
tal)
2.9
des
crib
e th
e use
of re
pet
itiv
e pro
gra
ms
and c
anned
cy
cles
to r
educe
pro
gra
m s
ize
and inputt
ing t
ime
2.1
0
expla
in h
ow
to p
repare
par
t pro
gra
ms,
usi
ng
oper
atio
nal se
quen
ces
and m
ach
inin
g t
echniq
ues
w
hic
h a
void
unnec
essa
ry t
ool/
cutt
er m
ove
men
ts o
r to
ol ch
anges
2.1
1
des
crib
e th
e fu
nct
ion k
eys
and o
per
atin
g s
yste
m o
f th
e m
ach
ine
com
pute
r co
ntr
ol sy
stem
bei
ng
oper
ated
2.1
2
expla
in h
ow
to s
et m
achin
e dat
um
s fo
r ea
ch
mac
hin
e axi
s bei
ng u
sed
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
218
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
3
expla
in h
ow
to s
et t
he
mach
ine
contr
olle
r in
pro
gra
m a
nd e
ditin
g m
odes
, an
d h
ow
to e
nte
r or
dow
nlo
ad t
he
pre
par
ed p
rogra
m
2.1
4
expla
in h
ow
to d
eal w
ith e
rror
mes
sages
and fau
lts
on t
he
pro
gra
m o
r eq
uip
men
t
2.1
5
expla
in h
ow
to a
cces
s th
e pro
gra
m e
dit f
aci
lity
in
ord
er t
o e
nte
r to
olin
g d
ata (
such
as
tool datu
ms,
posi
tions,
len
gth
s, o
ffse
ts a
nd r
adiu
s co
mpen
sation)
2.1
6
des
crib
e th
e use
of to
ol post
s, m
agaz
ines
and
caro
use
ls,
and h
ow
to iden
tify
the
tools
in
rela
tionsh
ip t
o t
he
oper
atin
g p
rogra
m
2.1
7
expla
in h
ow
to c
onduct
trial
runs
(usi
ng s
ingle
-blo
ck r
un,
dry
run a
nd fee
d a
nd s
pee
d o
verr
ide
contr
ols
) 2.1
8
des
crib
e th
e fa
ctors
whic
h a
ffec
t th
e fe
eds
and
spee
ds
that
can b
e use
d,
and w
hy
they
may
nee
d
to b
e ad
just
ed fro
m t
he
pro
gra
m s
etting (
conditio
n
of m
ater
ial, w
ork
hold
ing m
ethod,
toolin
g u
sed,
tole
rance
and fin
ish t
o b
e ac
hie
ved)
2.1
9
des
crib
e th
e th
ings
that
they
nee
d t
o c
hec
k bef
ore
al
low
ing t
he
mach
ine
to o
per
ate
in full
pro
gra
m r
un
mode
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
219
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.2
0
expla
in h
ow
to s
ave
the
com
ple
ted p
rogra
ms
in t
he
appro
priat
e fo
rmat
, an
d t
he
nee
d t
o s
tore
pro
gra
m
tapes
and d
isks
safe
ly a
nd c
orr
ectly,
aw
ay
from
co
nta
min
ants
and e
lect
rom
agnet
ic s
ourc
es
2.2
1
des
crib
e th
e ty
pic
al p
roble
ms
that
can
occ
ur
with
the
pro
gra
mm
ing,
load
ing a
nd e
ditin
g a
ctiv
itie
s,
and w
hat
to d
o if su
ch p
roble
ms
occ
ur
2.2
2
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
220
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
221
Unit 23: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using NC/CNC machines
Unit reference number: M/502/9335
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 63
Guided learning hours: 112
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to carry out operations, in accordance with approved procedures, using numerically controlled (NC) machines, or computer numerically controlled (CNC) machines, such as turning, milling, electro-discharge machines or machining centres. The learner will take charge of the prepared machine and check that it is ready for the machining operations to be performed. This will involve checking that all the required components and consumables are present, and that the machine has been approved for production. In operating the machine, the learner will be expected to follow the correct procedures for calling up the operating program, dealing with any error messages, and for executing the program activities safely and correctly. The pattern, corebox or model components produced will have a number of different features, and will include diameters, bored holes, tapers, flat faces, square and parallel faces, angular faces, slots, indexed or rotated forms, internal and external profiles, grooves/undercuts, drilled, reamed and tapped holes, as applicable to the type of machine used and the components produced. The learner will be required to monitor the machining operations continuously, making any necessary adjustments to machine parameters in line with their permitted authority. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the equipment, tooling, program, materials or activities that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work to with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they produce.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
222
The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying NC/CNC machining procedures. The learner will have an understanding of the NC/CNC machining process, and its application, and will know about the machine, tooling, materials, machining activities and consumables, in adequate depth to provide a sound background to machine operation and for carrying out the activities to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when working with the machine, and its associated tools and equipment. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
223
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Produce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
com
ponen
ts
usi
ng N
C/C
NC m
ach
ines
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
co
nfirm
that
the
equip
men
t is
set
up a
nd r
eady
for
oper
atio
n,
by
chec
king a
ll of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
mac
hin
e guar
ds
are
in p
lace
and a
re c
orr
ectly
adju
sted
–
co
mponen
ts a
re c
orr
ectly
posi
tioned
and h
eld
secu
rely
without
dis
tort
ion
–
cutt
ing t
ools
or
elec
trodes
/wires
are
in a
suitab
le
conditio
n
–
the
oper
atin
g p
rogra
m is
at t
he
corr
ect
star
t poin
t
–
the
work
pie
ce is
clea
r of th
e m
achin
e sp
indle
–
sa
fe w
ork
ing p
ract
ices
and s
tart
up p
roce
dure
s ar
e obse
rved
–
m
achin
e se
ttin
gs
are
adju
sted
, as
req
uired
, to
m
ainta
in a
ccura
cy
1.3
fo
llow
the
def
ined
pro
cedure
s fo
r st
arting a
nd
runnin
g t
he
oper
atin
g s
yste
m
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
224
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.4
oper
ate
one
of th
e fo
llow
ing N
C/C
NC m
ach
ines
:
–
NC/C
NC lath
e –
N
C/C
NC w
ire
erosi
on m
achin
e –
N
C/C
NC m
illin
g m
ach
ine
–
CN
C m
achin
ing c
entr
e
–
NC/C
NC s
par
k er
osi
on m
achin
e 1.5
pro
duce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
com
ponen
ts
whic
h c
om
bin
e se
vera
l diffe
rent
oper
ations
and
cove
r th
e fo
llow
ing:
ei
ther
: tu
rnin
g o
per
ations,
to incl
ude
eight
of th
e fo
llow
ing fea
ture
s:
–
exte
rnal dia
met
ers
–
taper
ed d
iam
eter
s
–
should
ers
and s
teps
–
taper
ed face
s
–
taper
ed h
ole
s
–
ream
ed h
ole
s
–
bore
d h
ole
s –
drille
d h
ole
s –
in
tern
al t
hre
ads
–
flat
face
s –
ex
tern
al th
read
s –
re
cess
es a
nd u
nder
cuts
–
ex
tern
al or
spec
ial pro
file
s
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
225
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
or:
mill
ing o
per
atio
ns,
to incl
ude
six
of th
e fo
llow
ing
feat
ure
s:
–
flat
face
s –
par
alle
l fa
ces
–
ream
ed h
ole
s
–
squar
e fa
ces
–
step
s or
should
ers
–
bore
d h
ole
s –
an
gula
r/ta
per
ed face
s –
open
ended
slo
ts
–
spec
ial pro
file
s –
en
close
d s
lots
–
drille
d h
ole
s –
in
dex
ed o
r ro
tate
d f
orm
s
or:
ele
ctro
dis
char
ge
oper
atio
ns,
to incl
ude
six
of
the
follo
win
g fea
ture
s:
–
flat
face
s –
sq
uar
e fa
ces
–
engra
ving
–
an
gula
r/ta
per
ed face
s –
sl
ots
/rec
esse
s –
th
read
s
–
exte
rnal pro
file
s
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
226
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
–
ta
per
ed h
ole
s –
sp
ecia
l fo
rms
–
inte
rnal
pro
file
s –
lin
ear
hole
s (r
ow
s, a
ngle
s)
–
hole
s on p
itch
ed c
ircl
es
1.6
m
achin
e tw
o o
f th
e fo
llow
ing t
ypes
of m
ater
ial:
–
ca
rbon s
teel
–
ca
st iro
n
–
stai
nle
ss s
teel
–
bra
ss o
r bro
nze
–
non-m
etalli
c m
ater
ials
1.7
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith e
rror
mes
sages
or
equip
men
t fa
ults
that
are
within
thei
r co
ntr
ol an
d
report
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
1.8
m
onitor
the
com
pute
r pro
cess
and e
nsu
re t
hat
the
pro
duct
ion o
utp
ut
is t
o t
he
required
spec
ific
atio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
227
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.9
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
ithin
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing
qual
ity
and a
ccura
cy s
tandar
ds:
–
dim
ensi
onal
tole
rance
equiv
alen
t to
BS4500 o
r BS1916 G
rade
7
–
com
ponen
ts t
o b
e fr
ee fro
m f
alse
tool cu
ts,
burr
s an
d s
harp
edges
–
flat
nes
s an
d s
quar
enes
s 0.0
01in
per
inch
or
0.0
25m
m p
er 2
5m
m
–
ream
ed/b
ore
d h
ole
s w
ithin
H 8
–
an
gle
s w
ithin
+/-
0.5
deg
ree
–
scre
w t
hre
ads
BS m
ediu
m f
it
–
surf
ace
fin
ish 6
3µin
or
1.6
µm
1.1
0
shut
dow
n t
he
equip
men
t to
a s
afe
conditio
n o
n
concl
usi
on o
f th
e act
ivitie
s
2.
Know
how
to p
roduce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
co
mponen
ts u
sing
NC/C
NC m
achin
es
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
when
work
ing w
ith N
C/C
NC m
achin
es a
nd
equip
men
t 2.2
des
crib
e th
e sa
fety
mec
han
ism
s on t
he
mach
ine,
an
d t
he
pro
cedure
s fo
r ch
ecki
ng t
hat
they
are
oper
atin
g c
orr
ectly
2.3
ex
pla
in h
ow
to s
tart
and s
top t
he
mach
ine
in b
oth
norm
al a
nd e
mer
gen
cy s
ituat
ions
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
228
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.4
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith w
ork
ing o
n
NC/C
NC m
achin
es (
such
as
use
of m
ovi
ng
mac
hin
ery,
auto
mat
ic m
ach
ine
oper
atio
n,
han
dlin
g
cutt
ing t
ools
, lif
ting a
nd h
andlin
g w
ork
hold
ing
dev
ices
, hot
and a
irborn
e m
etal
par
ticl
es),
and h
ow
to
min
imis
e th
em
2.5
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of
wea
ring t
he
appro
priate
pro
tect
ive
cloth
ing a
nd e
quip
men
t, a
nd o
f ke
epin
g
the
work
are
a cl
ean a
nd t
idy
2.6
ex
pla
in w
her
e to
obta
in c
om
ponen
t dra
win
gs,
sp
ecific
atio
ns
and/o
r jo
b inst
ruct
ions
for
the
com
ponen
ts b
eing m
achin
ed
2.7
ex
pla
in h
ow
to e
xtra
ct a
nd u
se info
rmat
ion fro
m
engin
eering d
raw
ings
and r
elat
ed s
pec
ific
ations
(to
incl
ude
sym
bols
and c
onve
ntions
to a
ppro
priat
e BS
or
ISO
sta
ndar
ds
in r
elat
ion t
o w
ork
under
take
n)
2.8
ex
pla
in h
ow
to inte
rpre
t firs
t an
d t
hir
d a
ngle
dra
win
gs,
im
per
ial an
d m
etric
syst
ems
of
mea
sure
men
t, w
ork
pie
ce r
efer
ence
poin
ts a
nd
syst
em o
f to
lera
nci
ng
2.9
ex
pla
in h
ow
to inte
rpre
t th
e vi
sual
dis
pla
y, a
nd
under
stan
d t
he
various
mes
sages
dis
pla
yed
2.1
0
expla
in t
he
funct
ion o
f er
ror
mes
sages
, an
d w
hat
to
do w
hen
an e
rror
mes
sage
is d
ispla
yed
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
229
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
1
expla
in h
ow
to f
ind t
he
corr
ect
rest
art
poin
t in
the
pro
gra
m w
hen
the
mac
hin
e has
bee
n s
topped
bef
ore
com
ple
tion o
f th
e pro
gra
m
2.1
2
des
crib
e th
e oper
atio
n o
f th
e va
rious
han
d a
nd
auto
mat
ic m
odes
of
mac
hin
e co
ntr
ol (s
uch
as
han
d
whee
ls,
joys
tick
s, p
rogra
m o
per
ating a
nd c
ontr
ol
butt
ons)
2.1
3
expla
in h
ow
to o
per
ate
the
mach
ine
(usi
ng s
ingle
-blo
ck r
un,
full
pro
gra
m r
un a
nd f
eed/s
pee
d o
verr
ide
contr
ols
) 2.1
4
expla
in h
ow
to m
ake
adju
stm
ents
to t
he
pro
gra
m
oper
atin
g p
aram
eter
s to
take
acc
ount
of to
ol w
ear
2.1
5
expla
in h
ow
to s
et a
nd s
ecure
the
work
pie
ce t
o t
he
mac
hin
e sp
indle
/work
hold
ing d
evic
e; t
he
effe
cts
of
clam
pin
g t
he
work
pie
ce;
and h
ow
mat
eria
l re
mova
l ca
n c
ause
war
pin
g/d
isto
rtio
n o
f th
e finis
hed
w
ork
pie
ce
2.1
6
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
types
of
cutt
ing t
ools
or
elec
trodes
use
d,
and h
ow
they
are
loca
ted a
nd
secu
red t
o t
he
mac
hin
e to
ol post
s, t
urr
ets,
slid
es
and t
ool m
agaz
ine
or
caro
use
l 2.1
7
des
crib
e th
e sa
fe a
nd c
orr
ect
handlin
g a
nd s
tora
ge
of to
olin
g
2.1
8
expla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k th
at t
he
toolin
g o
r el
ectr
odes
ar
e in
a s
ervi
ceab
le c
onditio
n,
and t
he
effe
cts
that
w
orn
toolin
g o
r el
ectr
odes
will
hav
e on t
he
work
pie
ce s
urf
ace
fin
ish a
nd t
ole
rance
s
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
230
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
9
des
crib
e th
e pro
ble
ms
that
can o
ccur
with t
he
mac
hin
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd h
ow
thes
e ca
n b
e ove
rcom
e 2.2
0
des
crib
e th
e ap
plic
ation o
f cu
ttin
g flu
ids
or
die
lect
rics
with r
egar
d t
o d
iffe
rent
mat
eria
ls b
eing
mac
hin
ed
2.2
1
des
crib
e th
e qual
ity
contr
ol pro
cedure
s use
d,
insp
ection c
hec
ks t
hat
nee
d t
o b
e ca
rrie
d o
ut,
and
the
equip
men
t th
at is
use
d
2.2
2
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
231
Unit 24: Producing components by rapid prototyping techniques
Unit reference number: T/502/9336
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 35
Guided learning hours: 84
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce components by rapid prototyping techniques, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate prototyping equipment, based on the type and size of the components and the surface finish required. The learner will be expected to prepare the equipment in readiness for the required operations, to import a stereolithography (STL) file from a computer aided design (CAD) system, to load the file into the rapid prototyping software, and to orientate the file to its optimal manufacturing position. In operating the equipment, the learner will need to access the software and produce a suitable file to drive the rapid prototyping equipment. In producing the components, the learner will need to set up all of the machine operating functions, parameters and safety devices, and to produce components that have features such as regular parallel, angular and symmetrical surfaces and forms, angular and circular profiles, and irregular and variable surface forms and profiles. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for using rapid prototyping software and for operating rapid prototyping equipment. The learner will report any problems with the hardware, software, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, whilst working to verbal or written instructions and component drawings, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they produce. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to the design of components using solid modellers. The learner will understand the rapid prototyping equipment, and its application, and will know about the materials and consumables used, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities, correcting faults and ensuring that the components produced are to the required specification.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
232
The learner will understand the safety precautions required when working with the rapid prototyping equipment. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
233
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Pr
oduce
com
ponen
ts b
y ra
pid
pro
toty
pin
g
tech
niq
ues
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
pre
par
e th
e sy
stem
and d
ata for
oper
ation b
y ca
rryi
ng o
ut
all of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
ch
eck
that
all
the
equip
men
t is
in a
safe
and
usa
ble
work
ing c
onditio
n (
undam
aged
, sa
fety
dev
ices
in p
lace
and o
per
atio
nal)
–
obta
in s
uff
icie
nt
quan
tities
of
all re
quired
m
ater
ials
–
obta
in a
ll th
e nec
essa
ry d
ata,
docu
men
tation
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
for
the
com
ponen
ts t
o b
e pro
duce
d
–
ensu
re t
he
mac
hin
e build
cal
ibra
tion is
curr
ent
–
crea
te o
per
atin
g file
s to
drive
the
equip
men
t –
ch
eck
dat
a file
s ar
e su
itab
le for
applic
atio
n,
and
modify
wher
e ap
pro
priat
e –
se
t oper
ating p
aram
eter
s (l
aye
r th
ickn
ess,
sh
rinka
ge,
bea
m o
ffse
t an
d m
ater
ial ty
pe)
–
orien
tate
the
file
s fo
r pro
cess
ing
–
apply
safe
work
ing p
ract
ices
and p
roce
dure
s at
all tim
es
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
234
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.3
se
t up t
he
rapid
pro
toty
pin
g e
quip
men
t, t
o incl
ude
carr
ying o
ut
all of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
pow
erin
g-u
p t
he
equip
men
t an
d a
ctiv
ating t
he
appro
priat
e so
ftw
are
–
sett
ing u
p t
he
soft
ware
rea
dy
to r
ecei
ve t
he
com
ponen
t in
form
ation
–
import
ing file
s fr
om
sys
tem
–
lo
adin
g file
s in
to t
he
‘build
’ so
ftw
are
1.4
fo
llow
inst
ruct
ions
and a
ny
rele
vant
spec
ific
atio
ns
to p
roduce
the
com
ponen
t 1.5
pro
duce
the
required
com
ponen
ts u
sing a
ppro
priat
e m
anufa
cturing m
ethods
and t
echniq
ues
1.6
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts u
sing o
ne
of th
e fo
llow
ing
types
of
rapid
pro
toty
pin
g e
quip
men
t:
–
ster
eo lithogra
phy
appar
atus
(SLA
) –
fu
sed d
eposi
tion m
odel
ling (
FDM
) –
se
lect
ive
lase
r si
nte
ring (
SLS
) –
direc
t m
etal
lase
r si
nte
ring (
DM
LS)
–
sele
ctiv
e la
ser
mel
ting (
SLM
) –
3D
printing (
ther
moje
t)
–
lam
inat
ed o
bje
ct m
anufa
cturing (
LOM
)
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
235
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.7
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h c
om
bin
e fe
ature
s an
d
tech
niq
ues
and c
ove
r al
l of th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
re
gula
r par
alle
l an
d s
quar
e su
rfac
es a
nd form
s –
an
gula
r an
d s
ymm
etrica
l su
rface
s an
d form
s –
ci
rcula
r an
d c
urv
ed s
urf
aces
and form
s –
irre
gula
r and v
ariab
le s
urf
ace
form
s an
d p
rofile
s
1.8
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts m
ade
from
one
of th
e fo
llow
ing m
ater
ials
:
–
photo
-poly
mer
res
in
–
pla
stic
s –
w
ax
–
met
al
–
lam
inat
ed p
aper
1.9
ch
eck
that
the
finis
hed
com
ponen
t m
eets
the
requirem
ents
and m
ake
any
nec
essa
ry a
dju
stm
ents
1.1
0
pro
duce
com
ponen
ts w
hic
h c
om
ply
with a
ll of
the
follo
win
g q
ual
ity
and a
ccura
cy r
equirem
ents
: –
co
rrec
tly
form
ed
–
free
fro
m m
anufa
cturing d
efec
ts
–
dim
ensi
onal
ly a
ccura
te,
within
tole
rance
–
sa
tisf
act
ory
vis
ual ap
pea
rance
/fin
ish
–
mee
ts c
ust
om
er a
nd/o
r dra
win
g s
pec
ific
atio
n
1.1
1
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
236
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.
Know
how
to p
roduce
co
mponen
ts b
y ra
pid
pro
toty
pin
g t
echniq
ues
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sa
fe w
ork
ing p
ract
ices
and p
roce
dure
s to
be
obse
rved
when
set
ting a
nd o
per
atin
g r
apid
pro
toty
pin
g e
quip
men
t (c
are
when
work
ing w
ith
lase
r bea
ms;
mac
hin
e guar
ds;
ven
tila
tion a
nd fum
e ex
tract
ion;
mac
hin
e sa
fety
dev
ices
)
2.2
ex
pla
in h
ow
to s
tart
and s
top t
he
mach
ine
in
norm
al a
nd e
mer
gen
cy s
ituat
ions,
and h
ow
to c
lose
th
e m
ach
ine
dow
n o
n c
om
ple
tion o
f act
ivitie
s 2.3
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of
ensu
ring t
he
mach
ine
is
isola
ted fro
m t
he
pow
er s
upply
bef
ore
work
ing w
ith
the
equip
men
t
2.4
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of
wea
ring t
he
appro
priate
pro
tect
ive
cloth
ing a
nd e
quip
men
t, a
nd o
f ke
epin
g
the
work
are
a cl
ean a
nd t
idy
2.5
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith r
apid
pro
toty
pin
g m
ach
ines
(dan
ger
s fr
om
las
er b
eam
s;
live
elec
tric
al co
mponen
ts;
mat
eria
ls;
fum
es/g
ase
s),
and h
ow
they
can b
e m
inim
ised
2.6
des
crib
e th
e bas
ic p
rinci
ple
s of ra
pid
pro
toty
pin
g
(usi
ng a
lase
r bea
m/i
nkj
et p
rinte
r hea
ds
to form
m
ater
ial pro
file
; pro
cess
princi
ple
s; u
sing s
oft
war
e pac
kages
; m
ethods
of guid
ing a
nd o
ptica
l fo
cusi
ng
of th
e bea
m;
how
variat
ion in t
he
par
am
eter
s in
fluen
ces
the
com
ponen
t fe
ature
, qual
ity
and
outp
ut;
equip
men
t ca
libra
tion p
roce
dure
s;
term
inolo
gy
use
d in r
apid
pro
toty
pin
g;
the
import
ance
of cr
eating e
ffec
tive
com
ponen
t su
pport
st
ruct
ure
s)
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
237
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.7
des
crib
e th
e ke
y co
mponen
ts a
nd fea
ture
s of th
e eq
uip
men
t (t
ypes
of
rapid
pro
toty
pin
g e
quip
men
t;
pow
er r
anges
; bea
m g
uid
ing a
nd focu
sing
arra
ngem
ents
; m
ater
ial ca
pab
ilities
; fa
cilit
ies
for
man
ipula
ting t
he
com
ponen
ts f
or
pro
duct
ion;
and
safe
ty f
eatu
res)
2.8
des
crib
e th
e ben
efits
and lim
itations
of th
e diffe
rent
types
of
rapid
pro
toty
pin
g e
quip
men
t
2.9
des
crib
e th
e ra
pid
pro
toty
pin
g t
echniq
ues
use
d,
and
how
to d
iffe
rentiate
bet
wee
n t
he
diffe
rent
pro
cess
es (
incl
udin
g t
he
adva
nta
ges
and
dis
adva
nta
ges
)
2.1
0
des
crib
e th
e finis
hin
g t
echniq
ues
that
are
req
uired
, an
d h
ow
they
are
applie
d t
o t
he
diffe
rent
rapid
pro
toty
pin
g p
roce
sses
2.1
1
expla
in h
ow
to e
xtra
ct a
nd u
se info
rmat
ion fro
m
engin
eering d
raw
ings
and r
elat
ed s
pec
ific
ations
(to
incl
ude
sym
bols
and c
onve
ntions
to a
ppro
priat
e BS
or
ISO
sta
ndar
ds
in r
elat
ion t
o w
ork
under
take
n)
2.1
2
expla
in h
ow
to inte
rpre
t firs
t an
d t
hir
d a
ngle
dra
win
gs,
im
per
ial an
d m
etric
syst
ems
of
mea
sure
men
t, w
ork
pie
ce r
efer
ence
poin
ts a
nd
syst
em o
f to
lera
nci
ng
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
238
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
3
expla
in h
ow
to im
port
appro
priate
file
s (S
TL)
fro
m a
dat
a sy
stem
into
the
rapid
pro
toty
pin
g s
oft
ware
, how
to o
rien
tate
thes
e fo
r pro
cess
ing,
and h
ow
to
crea
te o
per
atin
g file
s to
drive
the
pro
cess
2.1
4
des
crib
e th
e se
ttin
g u
p o
f th
e ra
pid
pro
toty
pin
g
equip
men
t to
ach
ieve
the
com
ponen
t sp
ecific
atio
n
(ele
ctri
cal an
d o
ptica
l co
nditio
ns;
foca
l dis
tance
; fo
rmin
g s
pee
d)
2.1
5
expla
in h
ow
to p
lace
the
mach
ine
in t
he
corr
ect
oper
atin
g m
ode,
and h
ow
to a
cces
s th
e pro
gra
m
edit f
acili
ty,
in o
rder
to m
ake
min
or
adju
stm
ents
for
pro
duct
ion
2.1
6
des
crib
e th
e diffe
rent
mat
eria
ls u
sed t
o p
roduce
co
mponen
ts b
y th
e ra
pid
pro
toty
pin
g p
roce
ss,
and
how
the
various
mat
eria
ls u
sed w
ill a
ffec
t th
e oper
atin
g c
onditio
ns
that
can
be
applie
d
2.1
7
expla
in w
hy
cert
ain
mat
eria
ls a
re s
uitab
le for
pro
duci
ng c
om
ponen
ts b
y th
e ra
pid
pro
toty
pin
g
pro
cess
2.1
8
expla
in t
he
import
ance
of kn
ow
ing w
hen
co
mponen
ts c
an b
e unlo
aded
fro
m t
he
mach
ine
in
rela
tion t
o t
he
diffe
rent
rapid
pro
toty
pin
g p
roce
sses
2.1
9
expla
in t
he
import
ance
of han
dlin
g a
nd s
toring
mat
eria
ls c
orr
ectly
2.2
0
expla
in h
ow
and w
her
e to
dis
pose
of an
y w
aste
m
ater
ials
, in
cludin
g d
amag
ed c
om
ponen
ts
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
239
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.2
1
expla
in h
ow
fin
ished
com
ponen
ts a
re s
tore
d a
nd
tran
sport
ed
2.2
2
des
crib
e th
e pro
ble
ms
and d
efec
ts t
hat
can o
ccur
in
com
ponen
ts p
roduce
d b
y ra
pid
pro
toty
pin
g
pro
cess
es,
how
thes
e hav
e occ
urr
ed,
and w
hat
pre
venta
tive
act
ions
are
nee
ded
to o
verc
om
e th
em
2.2
3
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
240
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
241
Unit 25: Modifying and repairing pattern, corebox or model equipment
Unit reference number: A/502/9337
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 35
Guided learning hours: 91
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to carry out modifications and repairs to existing patterns, coreboxes or models, in accordance with approved procedures. The equipment may have to be modified for a number of reasons, which could include, performance out of specification, inherent design problems, changes to customer specification, or casting/production problems. The type of equipment being modified or repaired will include loose or plated patterns (with and without cores), solid turnout, split and multi-part coreboxes, and various types of full and scale models. The modifications or repairs will be carried out using a combination of hand and machine skills, and the learner will be expected to select the relevant and current documentation relating to the modifications or repairs, to determine the methods to be used, and to obtain the tools and equipment required for the modification or repair, checking that they are in a safe and usable condition. In carrying out the modification or repair, the learner will be required to follow safe and approved procedures and techniques at all times. The materials used to modify or repair the equipment will, in the main, compare with the original part but, for operational purposes, different materials could be substituted, provided these materials will not affect serviceability of the equipment. The pattern or model equipment, and its components, could be modified using a number of methods and techniques including, where appropriate, adjusting, removing and replacing, repairing or manufacturing new components. Modified component parts will be checked for accuracy, security, completeness and function, as per the specification. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the modification activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the modification activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
242
The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying modification and repair methods, techniques and procedures to pattern and model equipment. The learner will understand the equipment being modified, including its application, and the reason for modification, and will know about the tools and equipment to be used, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the modification or repair activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
243
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
M
odify
and r
epair p
atte
rn,
core
box
or
model
eq
uip
men
t
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing d
uring t
he
modific
atio
n
or
repai
r act
ivitie
s:
–
use
the
corr
ect
issu
e of dra
win
gs,
job
inst
ruct
ions
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
–
use
copie
s of re
leva
nt
CO
SH
H s
hee
ts a
nd r
isk
asse
ssm
ents
–
ch
eck
that
tools
and m
easu
ring inst
rum
ents
to
be
use
d a
re w
ithin
calib
ration d
ates
–
en
sure
the
com
ponen
ts u
sed a
re fre
e fr
om
dirt
or
oth
er f
orm
s of co
nta
min
atio
n
–
use
lifting a
nd s
lingin
g e
quip
men
t in
acc
ord
ance
w
ith h
ealth a
nd s
afet
y guid
elin
es a
nd p
roce
dure
s –
ap
ply
safe
and a
ppro
priat
e m
odific
atio
n o
r re
pair
tech
niq
ues
at
all
tim
es
–
leav
e th
e w
ork
are
a in
a s
afe
conditio
n o
n
com
ple
tion o
f th
e ac
tivi
ties
1.3
obta
in t
he
rele
vant
spec
ific
atio
n a
nd job
inst
ruct
ions
for
the
modific
atio
n o
r re
pai
r bei
ng
per
form
ed
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
244
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.4
co
nfirm
and a
gre
e w
hat
mod
ific
atio
n o
r re
pai
r is
to
be
carr
ied o
ut
to m
eet
the
spec
ific
ation
1.5
det
erm
ine
how
the
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
eq
uip
men
t w
ill n
eed t
o b
e pre
pare
d f
or
the
modific
ation o
r re
pai
r bei
ng c
arr
ied o
ut
1.6
ch
eck
that
any
mat
eria
ls a
nd e
quip
men
t re
quired
ar
e ava
ilable
and t
hat
they
are
suitab
le for
the
work
to b
e ca
rrie
d o
ut
1.7
ca
rry
out
the
modific
atio
n o
r re
pai
r to
ach
ieve
the
required
chan
ges
in lin
e w
ith a
gre
ed inst
ruct
ions
and s
pec
ific
atio
ns
1.8
ca
rry
out
modific
ations
or
repai
rs o
n t
wo o
f th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
loose
patt
erns
–
pla
ted p
atte
rns
–
solid
core
boxe
s –
sp
lit c
ore
boxe
s
–
multi-
par
t co
reboxe
s
–
full-
size
model
s –
sc
ale
model
s –
ru
nner
/fee
der
sys
tem
par
ts
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
245
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.9
ca
rry
out
the
modific
atio
n o
r re
pai
r by
two o
f th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
addin
g o
r dec
reasi
ng m
etal th
ickn
ess
–
alte
rations
to c
ore
prints
–
al
tera
tions
to c
ore
loca
tions
–
alte
ring s
ize
of m
odel
par
ts
–
alte
ring s
hap
e of m
odel
s 1.1
0
com
ple
te t
he
modific
atio
n o
r re
pai
r usi
ng t
wo o
f th
e fo
llow
ing t
echniq
ues
:
–
dis
man
tlin
g a
nd r
e-ass
emblin
g
–
adju
stin
g e
xist
ing c
om
ponen
ts
–
mak
ing a
nd a
ttach
ing c
om
ple
te n
ew p
art
s
–
mak
ing a
nd a
ttach
ing s
ectional
par
ts
–
addin
g n
ew m
ater
ial to
dam
aged
par
ts u
sing
adhes
ives
/res
in m
ixes
/fill
ers
1.1
1
modify
or
repai
r eq
uip
men
t/m
odel
s w
hic
h a
re u
sed
for
two o
f th
e fo
llow
ing:
–
one-
off p
roduct
ion
–
bat
ch p
roduct
ion
–
tem
pora
ry u
se
–
per
man
ent
use
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
246
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
2
carr
y out
modific
ations
or
repai
rs t
o e
quip
men
t w
hic
h c
om
ply
with o
ne
or
more
of th
e fo
llow
ing
qual
ity
and a
ccura
cy s
tandar
ds:
–
BS o
r IS
O s
tandar
ds
and p
roce
dure
s –
cu
stom
er s
tandar
ds
and r
equirem
ents
–
co
mpan
y st
andar
ds
and p
roce
dure
s –
sp
ecific
equip
men
t re
quirem
ents
1.1
3
com
ple
te a
ll re
leva
nt
docu
men
tation in a
ccord
ance
w
ith o
rgan
isat
ional
req
uirem
ents
1.1
4
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
2.
Know
how
to m
odify
and
repai
r pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
equip
men
t
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
whils
t ca
rryi
ng o
ut
the
modific
atio
n o
n t
he
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
equip
men
t (i
ncl
udin
g a
ny
spec
ific
le
gis
lation,
regula
tions
or
codes
of pra
ctic
e re
lating
to t
he
activi
ties
, eq
uip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a in w
hic
h t
hey
are
car
ryin
g o
ut
the
modific
ation a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hey
pla
ce o
n t
he
learn
er
2.3
des
crib
e th
e CO
SH
H r
egula
tions
per
tinen
t to
the
subst
ance
s use
d in t
he
modific
atio
n p
roce
ss
2.4
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith m
odifyi
ng
pat
tern
, co
rebox
and m
odel
equip
men
t, a
nd t
he
tools
and e
quip
men
t th
at a
re u
sed,
and h
ow
thes
e haz
ards
can b
e m
inim
ised
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
247
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.5
des
crib
e th
e per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d
cloth
ing t
o b
e w
orn
during t
he
modific
ation
activi
ties
2.6
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
types
of dra
win
g a
nd
spec
ific
atio
ns
that
are
use
d d
uring t
he
modific
atio
n
2.7
ex
pla
in h
ow
to u
se a
nd e
xtra
ct info
rmat
ion fro
m
engin
eering d
raw
ings
and r
elat
ed s
pec
ific
ations
(to
incl
ude
sym
bols
and c
onve
ntions
to a
ppro
priat
e BS
or
ISO
sta
ndar
ds
in r
elat
ion t
o w
ork
under
take
n)
2.8
ex
pla
in h
ow
to inte
rpre
t firs
t an
d t
hir
d a
ngle
dra
win
gs,
im
per
ial an
d m
etric
syst
ems
of
mea
sure
men
t, w
ork
pie
ce r
efer
ence
poin
ts a
nd
syst
em o
f to
lera
nci
ng
2.9
des
crib
e th
e bas
ic funct
ion o
f th
e pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
equip
men
t bei
ng m
odifie
d o
r re
pai
red (
to
incl
ude
pla
ted p
att
erns,
loose
pat
tern
s, s
olid
, sp
lit
and m
ulti-
par
t co
reboxe
s, full-
size
and s
cale
m
odel
s)
2.1
0
expla
in t
he
reaso
ns
why
patt
ern,
core
boxe
s an
d
model
equip
men
t m
ay
require
modific
ation
2.1
1
des
crib
e th
e pre
par
atio
ns
to b
e under
take
n o
n t
he
com
ponen
ts p
rior
to c
arry
ing o
ut
the
modific
atio
n
2.1
2
expla
in h
ow
the
diffe
rent
mat
eria
ls u
sed in t
he
origin
al eq
uip
men
t m
ay a
ffec
t th
e ch
oic
e of
repai
r/m
odific
atio
n m
ethods
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
248
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
met
hods
that
could
be
use
d t
o
modify
asse
mblie
s (a
dju
st,
rem
ove
and r
epla
ce,
repai
r an
d m
anufa
cture
)
2.1
4
des
crib
e th
e bas
ic c
once
pts
and t
echniq
ues
that
can
be
use
d,
wher
e ap
pro
priat
e, t
o m
odify
the
asse
mbly
(m
achin
ing,
fitt
ing,
bondin
g,
filli
ng a
nd
ble
ndin
g)
2.1
5
des
crib
e th
e ben
efits
and lim
itations
of th
e va
rious
types
of
loca
ting a
nd s
ecuring d
evic
es u
sed o
n
pat
tern
s, c
ore
boxe
s and m
odel
equip
men
t 2.1
6
expla
in w
hy
the
cost
of th
e m
odific
atio
n o
r re
pair
nee
ds
to b
e det
erm
ined
bef
ore
com
men
cing w
ork
2.1
7
des
crib
e th
e qual
ity
contr
ol pro
cedure
s to
be
follo
wed
during t
he
modific
ation,
and t
he
import
ance
of ad
her
ing t
o t
hem
2.1
8
expla
in h
ow
to c
onduct
any
nec
essa
ry c
hec
ks t
o
ensu
re t
he
accu
racy
, posi
tion,
secu
rity
, fu
nct
ion
and c
om
ple
tenes
s of
the
modific
atio
n
2.1
9
des
crib
e th
e m
ethods
and e
quip
men
t use
d t
o
tran
sport
, lif
t an
d h
andle
com
ponen
ts a
nd
asse
mblie
s 2.2
0
expla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k th
at t
he
tools
and e
quip
men
t to
be
use
d a
re c
orr
ectly
calib
rate
d a
nd a
re in a
safe
an
d s
ervi
ceab
le c
onditio
n
2.2
1
expla
in t
he
import
ance
of
ensu
ring t
hat
all
tools
are
use
d c
orr
ectly
and w
ithin
thei
r per
mitte
d o
per
atin
g
range
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
249
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.2
2
expla
in t
he
import
ance
of
ensu
ring t
hat
all
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d c
om
ponen
ts a
re a
ccounte
d for
and
retu
rned
to t
hei
r co
rrec
t lo
cation o
n c
om
ple
tion o
f th
e m
odific
atio
n a
ctiv
itie
s 2.2
3
des
crib
e th
e pro
ble
ms
ass
oci
ate
d w
ith c
arr
ying o
ut
modific
ations
on p
atte
rn,
core
box
and m
odel
eq
uip
men
t, a
nd t
he
import
ance
of in
form
ing t
he
appro
priat
e peo
ple
of non-c
onfo
rman
ces
2.2
4
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
250
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
251
Unit 26: Producing pattern, corebox or model components using flexible composite materials
Unit reference number: F/502/9338
QCF level: 3
Credit value: 40
Guided learning hours: 91
Unit summary
This unit covers the skills and knowledge needed to prove the competences required to produce flexible composite moulds for model components, using hand tools and equipment, in accordance with approved procedures. The learner will be required to select the appropriate tools and equipment to use, based on the type, size and material of the mould to be produced. The size, shape and complexity of the moulds to be produced will vary, so the learner must set out the mould masters to ensure that the number, quality and accuracy of the models produced per mould is achieved. The learner will also be expected to set up the machine moulding parameters, such as mould pressures, mould temperatures, curing and setting times, safely and correctly. Extracting the finished moulds, cutting runner and air release systems, and inspecting the mould cavities for defects, will also form part of the learner’s role. The learner’s responsibilities will require them to comply with organisational policy and procedures for the activities undertaken, and to report any problems with the moulding activities, materials or equipment that they cannot personally resolve, or are outside their permitted authority, to the relevant people. The learner will be expected to work with minimal supervision, taking personal responsibility for their own actions and for the quality and accuracy of the work that they carry out. The learner’s knowledge will provide a good understanding of their work, and will provide an informed approach to applying flexible composite moulding techniques and procedures. The learner will understand the moulding techniques and procedures used, and their application, and will know about the relevant equipment, tools and materials, in adequate depth to provide a sound basis for carrying out the activities to the required specification. The learner will understand the safety precautions required when carrying out the moulding activities. The learner will be required to demonstrate safe working practices throughout, and will understand the responsibility they owe to themselves and others in the workplace.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
252
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
This unit must be assessed in a work environment and must be assessed in accordance with the ‘Semta Assessment Strategy’. Detailed information is given in Annexe D.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
253
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.
Pr
oduce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
com
ponen
ts
usi
ng fle
xible
com
posi
te
mat
eria
ls
1.1
w
ork
safe
ly a
t al
l tim
es,
com
ply
ing w
ith h
ealth a
nd
safe
ty a
nd o
ther
rel
evan
t re
gula
tions
and g
uid
elin
es
1.2
ca
rry
out
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing d
uring t
he
mould
ing
act
ivitie
s:
–
use
the
corr
ect
issu
e of m
ould
ing p
roce
dure
and
qual
ity
docu
men
tation
–
use
copie
s of re
leva
nt
CO
SH
H s
hee
ts a
nd r
isk
asse
ssm
ent
stan
dar
ds
–
chec
k all
tools
and e
quip
men
t to
be
use
d a
re in
a sa
fe a
nd u
sable
conditio
n
–
chec
k th
at t
her
e ar
e su
ffic
ient
mas
ters
ava
ilable
to
pro
duce
the
required
mould
–
ch
eck
that
suffic
ient
mould
ing m
ater
ials
are
av
aila
ble
and a
re w
ithin
curr
ent
shel
f lif
e –
en
sure
mould
ing m
achin
es a
re c
orr
ectly
set
up
and o
per
ated
safe
ly
–
le
ave
the
work
are
a in
a s
afe
conditio
n o
n
com
ple
tion o
f th
e ac
tivi
ties
1.3
fo
llow
rel
evan
t sp
ecific
atio
ns
for
the
com
ponen
t to
be
pro
duce
d
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
254
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.4
obta
in t
he
appro
priat
e to
ols
and e
quip
men
t fo
r th
e sh
apin
g o
per
atio
ns
and c
hec
k th
ey a
re in a
safe
an
d u
sable
conditio
n
1.5
pre
par
e m
ould
s fo
r cu
ring t
o incl
ude
carr
ying o
ut
all
of th
e fo
llow
ing o
per
ations:
–
m
arki
ng o
ut
the
posi
tions
of th
e m
ast
ers
around
the
mould
–
ap
ply
ing s
uitab
le r
elea
se a
gen
ts t
o t
he
mas
ters
–
ar
rangin
g m
aste
rs o
n t
he
mould
face
–
in
sert
ing m
ould
loca
tion d
evic
es
–
closi
ng m
ould
s 1.6
sh
ape
the
mat
eria
ls u
sing a
ppro
priat
e m
ethods
and
tech
niq
ues
1.7
pro
duce
mould
s in
one
of th
e fo
llow
ing m
ater
ials
:
–
rubber
–
si
licone
–
oth
er f
lexi
ble
com
posi
te
1.8
se
t m
ould
ing m
ach
ine
conditio
ns
to incl
ude
all of
the
follo
win
g:
–
m
ould
pre
ssure
–
m
ould
tem
per
ature
–
se
ttin
g t
ime
–
curing t
ime
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
255
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.9
pro
duce
mould
s fo
r m
odel
s w
hic
h h
ave
four
of th
e fo
llow
ing fea
ture
s or
pro
file
s:
–
flat
face
s –
ta
per
ed p
rofile
s –
cu
rved
conto
urs
–
st
epped
face
s –
co
mple
x pro
file
s 1.1
0
chec
k th
at a
ll th
e re
quired
shap
ing o
per
atio
ns
have
bee
n c
om
ple
ted t
o t
he
required
spec
ific
atio
n
1.1
1
finis
h m
ould
s aft
er p
roce
ssin
g b
y co
mple
ting a
ll of
the
follo
win
g a
ctiv
itie
s:
–
extr
act
ing m
aste
rs fro
m m
ould
s –
cu
ttin
g r
unner
and a
ir r
elea
se s
yste
ms
–
in
spec
ting m
ould
cavi
ties
for
def
ects
–
re
pla
cing m
aste
rs in c
orr
ect
loca
tions
1.1
2
pro
duce
mould
s w
hic
h c
om
ply
with o
ne
or
more
of
the
follo
win
g q
ual
ity
and a
ccura
cy s
tandar
ds:
–
m
ould
cavi
ties
are
corr
ectly
form
ed,
com
ple
te
and fre
e fr
om
def
ects
–
im
pre
ssio
ns
are
corr
ectly
spac
ed a
round t
he
mould
–
lo
cato
rs a
re c
orr
ectly
posi
tioned
–
ru
nner
chan
nel
s an
d a
ir r
elea
se s
yste
ms
are
corr
ectly
form
ed a
nd c
onnec
ted
–
mould
s m
eet
pro
duct
spec
ific
atio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
256
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
3
dea
l pro
mptly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith p
roble
ms
within
th
eir
contr
ol an
d r
eport
those
that
can
not
be
solv
ed
2.
Know
how
to p
roduce
pat
tern
, co
rebox
or
model
co
mponen
ts u
sing fle
xible
co
mposi
te m
ater
ials
2.1
des
crib
e th
e sp
ecific
saf
ety
pre
cautions
to b
e ta
ken
whils
t ca
rryi
ng o
ut
the
flex
ible
com
posi
te m
ould
ing
oper
atio
ns
(incl
udin
g a
ny
spec
ific
leg
isla
tion,
regula
tions
or
codes
of pra
ctic
e re
lating t
o t
he
activi
ties
, eq
uip
men
t or
mat
eria
ls)
2.2
des
crib
e th
e hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty r
equirem
ents
of
the
work
are
a in w
hic
h t
hey
are
car
ryin
g o
ut
the
mould
ing a
ctiv
itie
s, a
nd t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ty t
hes
e re
quirem
ents
pla
ce o
n t
he
lear
ner
2.3
des
crib
e th
e haz
ards
asso
ciate
d w
ith p
roduci
ng
flex
ible
com
posi
te m
ould
s, a
nd h
ow
they
can
be
min
imis
ed
2.4
des
crib
e th
e per
sonal pro
tect
ive
equip
men
t an
d
pro
tect
ive
cloth
ing t
o b
e w
orn
during t
he
mould
ing
and form
ing a
ctiv
itie
s 2.5
ex
pla
in h
ow
to o
bta
in t
he
nec
essa
ry job
inst
ruct
ions,
dra
win
gs
and r
elat
ed s
pec
ific
atio
ns,
and h
ow
to inte
rpre
t th
eir
info
rmation c
orr
ectly
2.6
des
crib
e th
e ra
nge
of
han
d t
ools
and a
ssoci
ated
eq
uip
men
t th
at is
use
d t
o c
ut,
shap
e an
d f
orm
m
ater
ials
use
d in f
lexi
ble
com
posi
te m
ould
s 2.7
ex
pla
in h
ow
to c
hec
k th
at t
he
tools
and e
quip
men
t to
be
use
d a
re in a
saf
e an
d u
sable
conditio
n
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
257
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.8
ex
pla
in t
he
import
ance
of en
suring t
hat
all
tools
an
d e
quip
men
t are
use
d in t
he
corr
ect
manner
, only
for
thei
r in
tended
purp
ose
, an
d w
ithin
thei
r per
mitte
d o
per
atin
g r
ange
2.9
ex
pla
in h
ow
to iden
tify
the
mat
eria
ls t
o b
e use
d,
mat
eria
l id
entifica
tion s
yste
ms,
and a
ny
codes
that
ar
e use
d
2.1
0
des
crib
e th
e va
rious
tech
niq
ues
use
d t
o f
orm
and
shap
e ru
bber
and s
ilico
ne
mat
eria
ls
2.1
1
expla
in h
ow
to p
repare
the
mast
ers
and a
rran
ge
them
aro
und t
he
mould
(m
arki
ng o
ut
posi
tions
for
the
mast
ers,
posi
tionin
g t
hem
aro
und t
he
mould
, in
sert
ing m
ould
loca
tion d
ow
els,
apply
ing m
ould
re
lease
agen
ts)
2.1
2
expla
in h
ow
to s
et u
p fle
xible
com
posi
te m
ould
ing
mac
hin
es f
or
the
corr
ect
pre
ssure
s, t
emper
ature
, cu
ring a
nd s
etting t
imes
2.1
3
des
crib
e th
e ef
fect
s on t
he
com
ple
ted m
ould
s of
usi
ng inco
rrec
t pre
ssure
or
tem
per
ature
during t
he
curing p
roce
ss
2.1
4
expla
in h
ow
to r
emove
mould
s sa
fely
fro
m t
he
mac
hin
e, a
nd e
xtra
ct t
he
mast
ers,
without
causi
ng
dam
age
to t
he
mould
cavi
ties
2.1
5
expla
in h
ow
to f
inis
h t
he
mould
s by
cutt
ing r
unner
an
d a
ir r
elea
se s
yste
ms,
and h
ow
to insp
ect
them
fo
r def
ects
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
258
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
6
expla
in h
ow
to iden
tify
def
ects
in t
he
model
s w
hic
h
can b
e direc
tly
rela
ted t
o inco
rrec
t ru
nnin
g,
siting o
f th
e m
ast
ers
and inco
rrec
t ai
r re
leas
e sy
stem
s 2.1
7
expla
in w
hy
it is
import
ant
to k
eep t
he
model
m
aste
rs c
lean
and fre
e fr
om
dam
age,
to p
ract
ise
good h
ouse
keep
ing o
f to
ols
and e
quip
men
t, a
nd t
o
mai
nta
in a
cle
an a
nd u
nobst
ruct
ed w
ork
ing a
rea
2.1
8
des
crib
e th
e qual
ity
contr
ol pro
cedure
s to
be
follo
wed
, and h
ow
to c
onduct
any
nec
essa
ry c
hec
ks
to e
nsu
re t
he
accu
racy
and q
ual
ity
of
the
mould
s pro
duce
d
2.1
9
des
crib
e th
e pro
ble
ms
that
can o
ccur
with t
he
mould
ing a
nd form
ing o
per
atio
ns,
and h
ow
thes
e ca
n b
e ove
rcom
e 2.2
0
des
crib
e th
e ex
tent
of th
eir
ow
n r
esponsi
bili
ty,
and
to w
hom
they
should
rep
ort
to if th
ey h
ave
pro
ble
ms
that
they
can
not
reso
lve
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
259
Further information
Our customer service numbers are: BTEC and NVQ 0844 576 0026 GCSE 0844 576 0027 GCE 0844 576 0025 The Diploma 0844 576 0028 DiDA and other qualifications 0844 576 0031 Calls may be recorded for training purposes.
Useful publications
Related information and publications include: Centre Handbook for Edexcel QCF NVQs and Competence-based
Qualifications published annually functional skills publications – specifications, tutor support materials and
question papers Regulatory Arrangements for the Qualification and Credit Framework
(published by Ofqual, August 2008) the current Edexcel publications catalogue and update catalogue. Edexcel publications concerning the Quality Assurance System and the internal and standards verification of vocationally related programmes can be found on the Edexcel website. NB: Some of our publications are priced. There is also a charge for postage and packing. Please check the cost when you order.
How to obtain National Occupational Standards
To obtain the National Occupational Standards go to www.ukstandards.org.uk.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
260
Professional development and training
Edexcel supports UK and international customers with training related to NVQ and BTEC qualifications. This support is available through a choice of training options offered in our published training directory or through customised training at your centre. The support we offer focuses on a range of issues including: planning for the delivery of a new programme planning for assessment and grading developing effective assignments building your team and teamwork skills developing student-centred learning and teaching approaches building functional skills into your programme building effective and efficient quality assurance systems. The national programme of training we offer can be viewed on our website (www.edexcel.com/training). You can request customised training through the website or by contacting one of our advisers in the Training from Edexcel team via Customer Services to discuss your training needs. The training we provide: is active is designed to be supportive and thought provoking builds on best practice may be suitable for those seeking evidence for their continuing
professional development.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
261
Annex
e A
: Pro
gres
sion
pat
hw
ays
The
Edex
cel qual
ific
atio
n f
ram
ewor
k fo
r th
e en
ginee
ring
sect
or
Level
Gen
era
l q
uali
fica
tio
ns
Dip
lom
as
BTE
C v
oca
tio
nall
y-
rela
ted
q
uali
fica
tio
ns
BTEC
sp
eci
ali
st
qu
alifi
cati
on
/
pro
fess
ion
al
NV
Q/
com
pete
nce
8
7
6
We
have
too m
any
qual
ific
ations
to lis
t in
th
is s
pace
. Pl
ease
go
to w
ww
.edex
cel.co
m
for
furt
her
in
form
atio
n.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
262
Level
Gen
era
l q
uali
fica
tio
ns
Dip
lom
as
BTE
C v
oca
tio
nall
y-
rela
ted
q
uali
fica
tio
ns
BTEC
sp
eci
ali
st
qu
alifi
cati
on
/
pro
fess
ion
al
NV
Q/
com
pete
nce
5
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
5
HN
D D
iplo
ma
in
Man
ufa
cturing
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
5
HN
D D
iplo
ma
in
Mec
han
ical
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
5
HN
D D
iplo
ma
in
Oper
atio
ns
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
5
HN
D D
iplo
ma
in
Ele
ctri
cal/
Ele
ctro
nic
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
5
HN
D D
iplo
ma
in
Gen
eral
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
5
HN
D D
iplo
ma
in
Auto
motive
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
5
HN
D D
iplo
ma
in
Aer
onau
tica
l Engin
eering
W
e have
too m
any
qual
ific
ations
to lis
t in
th
is s
pace
. Pl
ease
go
to w
ww
.edex
cel.co
m
for
furt
her
in
form
atio
n.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
263
Level
Gen
era
l q
uali
fica
tio
ns
Dip
lom
as
BTE
C v
oca
tio
nall
y-
rela
ted
q
uali
fica
tio
ns
BTEC
sp
eci
ali
st
qu
alifi
cati
on
/
pro
fess
ion
al
NV
Q/
com
pete
nce
4
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
4
HN
C D
iplo
ma
in
Man
ufa
cturing
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
4
HN
C D
iplo
ma
in
Mec
han
ical
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
4
HN
C D
iplo
ma
in
Oper
atio
ns
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
4
HN
C D
iplo
ma
in
Ele
ctri
cal/
Ele
ctro
nic
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
4
HN
C D
iplo
ma
in
Gen
eral
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
4
HN
C D
iplo
ma
in
Auto
motive
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
4
HN
C D
iplo
ma
in
Aer
onau
tica
l Engin
eering
W
e have
too m
any
qual
ific
ations
to lis
t in
th
is s
pace
. Pl
ease
re
fer
to
ww
w.e
dex
cel.co
m f
or
furt
her
info
rmat
ion.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
ation –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
264
Level
Gen
era
l q
uali
fica
tio
ns
Dip
lom
as
BTE
C v
oca
tio
nall
y-
rela
ted
q
uali
fica
tio
ns
BTEC
sp
eci
ali
st
qu
alifi
cati
on
/
pro
fess
ion
al
NV
Q/
com
pete
nce
3
Edex
cel Le
vel 3
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3
Cer
tifica
te,
Subsi
dia
ry
Dip
lom
a, D
iplo
ma
and
Ext
ended
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3
Dip
lom
a an
d E
xten
ded
D
iplo
ma
in M
echan
ical
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3
Dip
lom
a an
d E
xten
ded
D
iplo
ma
in
Man
ufa
cturing
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3
Dip
lom
a an
d E
xten
ded
D
iplo
ma
in O
per
atio
ns
and M
ainte
nan
ce
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3
Dip
lom
a an
d E
xten
ded
D
iplo
ma
in
Ele
ctrica
l/Ele
ctro
nic
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3
Dip
lom
a an
d E
xten
ded
D
iplo
ma
in A
eronau
tica
l Engin
eering
W
e have
too m
any
qual
ific
ations
to lis
t in
th
is s
pace
. Pl
ease
go
to w
ww
.edex
cel.co
m
for
furt
her
in
form
atio
n.
N026808 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Woodw
ork
ing,
Pat
tern
and M
odel
Mak
ing (
QCF)
– I
ssue
1 –
Oct
ober
2011
© P
ears
on E
duca
tion L
imited
2011
265
Level
Gen
era
l q
uali
fica
tio
ns
Dip
lom
as
BTE
C v
oca
tio
nall
y-
rela
ted
q
uali
fica
tio
ns
BTEC
sp
eci
ali
st
qu
alifi
cati
on
/
pro
fess
ion
al
NV
Q/
com
pete
nce
2
GCSE E
ngin
eering
GCSE M
anufa
cturing
Edex
cel Le
vel 2
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2
Cer
tifica
te,
Ext
ended
Cer
tifica
te a
nd
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
W
e have
too m
any
qual
ific
ations
to lis
t in
th
is s
pace
. Pl
ease
go
to w
ww
.edex
cel.co
m
for
furt
her
in
form
atio
n.
1
Edex
cel Le
vel 1
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1
Aw
ard,
Cer
tifica
te a
nd
Dip
lom
a in
Engin
eering
W
e have
too m
any
qual
ific
ations
to lis
t in
th
is s
pace
. Pl
ease
go
to w
ww
.edex
cel.co
m
for
furt
her
in
form
atio
n.
En
try
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
266
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
267
Annexe B: Quality assurance
Key principles of quality assurance
A centre delivering Edexcel qualifications must be an Edexcel recognised centre and must have approval for qualifications that it is offering.
The centre agrees, as part of gaining recognition, to abide by specific terms and conditions relating to the effective delivery and quality assurance of assessment. The centre must abide by these conditions throughout the period of delivery.
Edexcel makes available to approved centres a range of materials and opportunities to exemplify the processes required for effective assessment and provide examples of effective standards. Approved centres must use the guidance on assessment to ensure that staff who are delivering Edexcel qualifications are applying consistent standards.
An approved centre must follow agreed protocols for: standardisation of assessors; planning, monitoring and recording of assessment processes; internal verification and recording of internal verification processes and dealing with special circumstances, appeals and malpractice.
Quality assurance processes
The approach to quality assured assessment is made through a partnership between a recognised centre and Edexcel. Edexcel is committed to ensuring that it follows best practice and employs appropriate technology to support quality assurance processes where practicable. The specific arrangements for working with centres will vary. Edexcel seeks to ensure that the quality-assurance processes it uses do not inflict undue bureaucratic processes on centres, and works to support them in providing robust quality-assurance processes. The learning outcomes and assessment criteria in each unit within this specification set out the standard to be achieved by each learner in order to gain each qualification. Edexcel operates a quality-assurance process, designed to ensure that these standards are maintained by all assessors and verifiers. For the purposes of quality assurance, all individual qualifications and units are considered as a whole. Centres offering these qualifications must be committed to ensuring the quality of the units and qualifications they offer, through effective standardisation of assessors and internal verification of assessor decisions. Centre quality assurance and assessment processes are monitored by Edexcel.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
268
The Edexcel quality-assurance processes will involve: gaining centre recognition and qualification approval if a centre is not
currently approved to offer Edexcel qualifications annual visits to centres by Edexcel for quality review and development of
overarching processes and quality standards. Quality review and development visits will be conducted by an Edexcel quality development reviewer
annual visits by occupationally competent and qualified Edexcel Standards Verifiers for sampling of internal verification and assessor decisions for the occupational sector
the provision of support, advice and guidance towards the achievement of National Occupational Standards.
Centres are required to declare their commitment to ensuring quality and appropriate opportunities for learners that lead to valid and accurate assessment outcomes. In addition, centres will commit to undertaking defined training and online standardisation activities.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
269
Annexe C: Centre certification and registration
Edexcel Standards Verifiers will provide support, advice and guidance to centres to achieve Direct Claims Status (DCS). Edexcel will maintain the integrity of Edexcel QCF NVQs through ensuring that the awarding of these qualifications is secure. Where there are quality issues identified in the delivery of programmes, Edexcel will exercise the right to: direct centres to take action limit or suspend certification suspend registration. The approach of Edexcel in such circumstances is to work with the centre to overcome the problems identified. If additional training is required, Edexcel will aim to secure the appropriate expertise to provide this.
What are the access arrangements and special considerations for the qualification in this specification?
Centres are required to recruit learners to Edexcel qualifications with integrity. Appropriate steps should be taken to assess each applicant’s potential and a professional judgement should be made about their ability to successfully complete the programme of study and achieve the qualification. This assessment will need to take account of the support available to the learner within the centre during their programme of study and any specific support that might be necessary to allow the learner to access the assessment for the qualification. Centres should consult Edexcel’s policy on learners with particular requirements. Edexcel’s policy on access arrangements and special considerations for Edexcel qualifications aims to enhance access to the qualifications for learners with disabilities and other difficulties (as defined by the 1995 Disability Discrimination Act and the amendments to the Act) without compromising the assessment of skills, knowledge, understanding or competence. Please refer to Access Arrangements and Special Considerations for BTEC and Edexcel NVQ Qualifications for further details. www.edexcel.com.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
270
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
271
Annexe D: Assessment Strategy
Semta
Engineering
NVQ Level 2, 3 and 4
QCF Unit Assessment Strategy
Version 4. 1st January 2011
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
272
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
273
Contents
Introduction 275
Assessor Requirements 275
Verifier Requirements 276
Technical Requirements for Assessors and Verifiers 277
Assessment Environment 278
Access to Assessment 279
Carrying Out Assessment 279
Performance Evidence Requirements 279
Assessing Knowledge and Understanding 280
Witness Testimony 281
Quality Control of Assessment 281
Additional Notes 282
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
274
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
275
Introduction
[Semta], the Sector Skills Council for the Science Engineering Manufacturing Technologies Sector, has produced this QCF Unit Assessment Strategy to: ßassist Assessors, Internal Verifiers and External Verifiers encourage and promote consistent assessment of NVQ units promote cost effective assessment plans. This document also provides definitions for: the qualifications and experience required for Assessors and Verifiers the assessment environment and notes on simulation/replication access to units. and requirements relating to: carrying out assessments performance evidence assessing knowledge and understanding. The importance and value in which employers and learners place on undertaking NVQ units will provide a key measure of [Semta’s] success with this unit assessment strategy. Another key success factor will be [Semta’s] partnership with the relevant Awarding Organisations.
Assessor Requirements to Demonstrate Effective Assessment Practice
Assessment must be carried out by competent Assessors that as a minimum must hold the QCF Level 3 Award in Assessing Competence in the Work Environment. Current and operational Assessors that hold units D32 and/or D33 or A1 and/or A2 as appropriate to the assessment being carried out, will not be required to achieve the QCF Level 3 Award as they are still appropriate for the assessment requirements set out in this Unit Assessment Strategy. However, they will be expected to regularly review their skills, knowledge and understanding and where applicable undertake continuing professional development to ensure that they are carrying out workplace assessment to the most up to date National Occupational Standards (NOS).
Assessor Technical Requirements
Assessors must be able to demonstrate that they have verifiable, relevant and sufficient technical competence to evaluate and judge performance and knowledge evidence requirements as set out in the relevant QCF unit learning outcomes and associated assessment criteria. This will be demonstrated either by holding a relevant technical qualification or by proven industrial experience of the technical areas to be assessed. The assessor’s competence must, at the very least, be at the same level as that required of the learner(s) in the units being assessed.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
276
Assessors must also be: Fully conversant with the Awarding Organisation’s assessment recording documentation used for the QCF NVQ units against which the assessments and verification are to be carried out, other relevant documentation and system and procedures to support the QA process.
Verifier Requirements (internal and external)
Internal quality assurance (Internal Verification) must be carried out by competent Verifiers that as a minimum must hold the QCF Level 4 Award in the Internal Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practices. Current and operational Internal Verifiers that hold internal verification units V1 or D34 will not be required to achieve the QCF Level 4 Award as they are still appropriate for the verification requirements set out in this Unit Assessment Strategy. Verifiers must be familiar with, and preferably hold, either the nationally recognised Assessor units D32 and/or D33 or A1 and/or A2 or the QCF Level 3 Award in Assessing Competence in the Work Environment. External quality assurance (External Verification) must be carried out by competent External Verifiers that as a minimum must hold the QCF Level 4 Award in the External Quality Assurance of Assessment Processes and Practices. Current and operational External Verifiers that hold external verification units V2 or D35 will not be required to achieve the QCF Level 4 Award as they are still appropriate for the verification requirements set out in this Unit Assessment Strategy. Verifiers must be familiar with, and preferably hold, either the nationally recognised Assessor units D32 and/or D33 or A1 and/or A2 or the QCF Level 3 Award in Assessing Competence in the Work Environment. External and Internal Verifiers will be expected to regularly review their skills, knowledge and understanding and where applicable undertake continuing professional development to ensure that they are carrying out workplace Quality Assurance (verification) of Assessment Processes and Practices to the most up to date National Occupational Standards (NOS). Verifiers, both Internal and External, will also be expected to be fully conversant with the terminology used in the QCF NVQ units against which the assessments and verification are to be carried out, the appropriate Regulatory Body’s systems and procedures and the relevant Awarding Organisation’s documentation, systems and procedures within which the assessment and verification is taking place. Specific technical requirements for internal and external verifiers Internal and external verifiers of this qualification must be able to demonstrate that have verifiable, sufficient and relevant industrial experience, and must have a working knowledge of the processes, techniques and procedures that are used in the relevant sector/occupation. The tables on the following page show the recommended levels of technical competence for assessors, internal verifiers, and external verifiers.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
277
Technical Requirements for Assessors and Verifiers
Position Prime activity requirements
Support activity requirements
Technical requirements (see notes)
Assessor Assessment Skills IV Systems Technical competence in the areas covered by the QCF units being assessed
Internal Verifier Verification Skills Assessment Knowledge
Technical understanding of the areas covered by the qualifications
External Verifier Verification skills Assessment Understanding
Technical awareness of the areas covered by the qualifications
Notes 1. Technical competence is defined here as a combination of practical
skills, knowledge, and the ability to apply both of these, in familiar and new situations, within a real working environment.
2. Technical understanding is defined here as having a good understanding of the technical activities being assessed, together with knowledge of relevant Health & Safety implications and requirements of the assessments.
3. Technical awareness is defined here as a general overview of the subject area, sufficient to ensure that assessment and portfolio evidence are reliable, and that relevant Health and Safety requirements have been complied with.
4. The competence required by the assessor, internal verifier and external verifier, in the occupational area being assessed, is likely to exist at three levels as indicated by the shaded zones in the following table.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
278
Technical Competence
required by:
An ability to discuss the general principles of the competences being assessed
An ability to describe the practical aspects of the competence being assessed
An ability to demonstrate the practical competences being assessed
Assessor
Internal Verifier
External Verifier
Assessment Environment
The evidence put forward for this unit can only be regarded valid, reliable, sufficient and authentic if achieved and obtained in the working environment and be clearly attributable to the learner. However, in certain circumstances, simulation/replication of work activities may be acceptable. The use of high quality, realistic simulations/replication, which impose pressures which are consistent with workplace expectations, should only be used in relation to the assessment of the following: rare or dangerous occurrences, such as those associated with health,
safety and the environment issues, emergency scenarios and rare operations at work;
the response to faults and problems for which no opportunity has presented for the use of naturally occurring workplace evidence of learners competence;
aspects of working relationships and communications for which no opportunity has presented for the use of naturally occurring workplace evidence of learners competence;
Simulations/replications will require prior approval from the specific Awarding Organisation and should be designed in relation to the following parameters;
the environment in which simulations take place must be designed to match the characteristics of the working environment;
competencies achieved via simulation/replication must be transferable to the working environment;
simulations which are designed to assess competence in dealing withemergencies, accidents and incidents must be verified as complying with relevant health, safety and environmental legislation by a competent health and safety/environmental control officer before being used;
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
279
simulated activities should place learners under the same pressures of time, access to resources and access to information as would be expected if the activity was real;
simulated activities should require learners to demonstrate their competence using plant and/or equipment used in the working environment;
simulated activities which require interaction with colleagues and contacts should require the learner to use the communication media that would be expected at the workplace;
for health and safety reason simulations need not involve the use of genuine substances/materials. Any simulations which require the learner to handle or otherwise deal with materials substances/should ensure that the substitute take the same form as in the workplace.
Access to Assessment
There are no entry qualifications or age limits required by learners to undertake the NVQ units unless this is a legal requirement of the process or the environment. Assessment is open to any learner who has the potential to achieve the assessment criteria set out in the units. Aids or appliances, which are designed to alleviate disability, may be used during assessment, providing they do not compromise the standard required.
Carrying Out Assessment
The NVQ units were specifically developed to cover a wide range of activities. The evidence produced for the units will, therefore, depend on the learners choice of ‘bulleted items’ listed in the unit assessment criteria. Where the assessment criteria gives a choice of bulleted items (for example ‘any three from five’), assessors should note that learners do not need to provide evidence of the other items to complete the unit (in this example, two) items, particularly where these additional items may relate to other activities or methods that are not part of the learners normal workplace activity or area of expertise.
Performance Evidence Requirements
Performance evidence must be the main form of evidence gathered. In order to demonstrate consistent, competent performance for a unit, a minimum of three different examples of performance must be provided, and must be sufficient to show that the assessment criteria have been achieved to the prescribed standards. It is possible that some of the bulleted items in the assessment criteria may be covered more than once. The assessor and learner need to devise an assessment plan to ensure that performance evidence is sufficient to cover all the specified assessment criteria and which maximises the opportunities to gather evidence. Where applicable, performance evidence maybe used for more than one unit. The most effective way of assessing competence, is through direct observation of the learner. Assessors must make sure that the evidence provided reflects the learner’s competence and not just the achievement of a training programme.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
280
Evidence that has been produced from team activities, for example, maintenance or installation activities is only valid when it clearly relates to the learners specific and individual contribution to the activity, and not to the general outcome(s). Each example of performance evidence will often contain features that apply to more than one unit, and can be used as evidence in any unit where appropriate. Performance evidence must be a combination of: outputs of the learner’s work, such as items that have been
manufactured, installed, maintained, designed, planned or quality assured, and documents produced as part of a work activity.
together with: evidence of the way the learner carried out the activities such as witness
testimonies, assessor observations or authenticated learner reports, records or photographs of the work/activity carried out, etc.
Competent performance is more than just carrying out a series of individual set tasks. Many of the units contain statements that require the learner to provide evidence that proves they are capable of combining the various features and techniques. Where this is the case, separate fragments of evidence would not provide this combination of features and techniques and will not, therefore, be acceptable as demonstrating competent performance. If there is any doubt as to what constitutes valid, authentic and reliable evidence, the internal and/or external verifier should be consulted.
Assessing Knowledge and Understanding
Knowledge and understanding are key components of competent performance, but it is unlikely that performance evidence alone will provide enough evidence in this area. Where the learners knowledge and understanding (and the handling of contingency situations) is not apparent from performance evidence, it must be assessed by other means and be supported by suitable evidence. Knowledge and understanding can be demonstrated in a number of different ways. Semta expects oral questioning and practical demonstrations to be used, as these are considered the most appropriate for these units. Assessors should ask enough questions to make sure that the learner has an appropriate level of knowledge and understanding, as required by the unit. Awarding Organisations may choose other methods, which must be supported by a suitable rationale. Evidence of knowledge and understanding will not be required for those bulleted items in the assessment criteria that have not been selected by the learner. The achievement of the specific knowledge and understanding requirements of the units cannot simply be inferred by the results of tests or assignments from other units, qualifications or training programmes. Where evidence is submitted from these sources, the assessor must, as with any assessment, make sure the evidence is valid, reliable, authentic, directly attributable to the learner, and meets the full knowledge and understanding requirements of the unit.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
281
Where oral questioning is used the assessor must retain a record of the questions asked, together with the learner’s answers. Awarding Organisations may choose other methods, which must be supported by a suitable rationale.
Witness Testimony
Where ‘observation is used to obtain performance evidence, this must be carried out against the unit assessment criteria. Best practice would require that such observation is carried out by a qualified Assessor. If this is not practicable, then alternative sources of evidence may be used. For example, the observation may be carried out against the assessment criteria by someone else that is in close contact with the learner. This could be a team leader, supervisor, mentor or line manager who may be regarded as a suitable witness to the learners competency. However, the witness must be technically competent in the process or skills that they are providing testimony for, to at least the same level of expertise as that required of the learner. It will be the responsibility of the assessor to make sure that any witness testimonies accepted as evidence of the learner’s competency are reliable, auditable and technically valid.
Quality Control of Assessment
General There are two major points where an Awarding Organisation interacts with the Centre in relation to the External Quality Control of Assessment for a qualification and these are: Approval — When a Centre take on new qualifications, the Awarding
Organisation, normally through an External Verifier (EV) ensures that the Centre is suitably equipped and prepared to deliver the new qualification;
Monitoring — Throughout the ongoing delivery of the qualification the Awarding Organisation, through EV monitoring and other mechanisms must maintain and the quality and consistency of assessment of the qualification.
Approval In granting Approval, the Awarding Organisation, normally through its External Verifiers (EV) Must ensure that the prospective Centre: Meets any procedural requirements specified by the Awarding
Organisation; Has sufficient and appropriate physical and staff resources; Meets relevant health and safety and/or equality and access
requirements; Has a robust plan for the delivery, assessment and QA for the
qualifications. Awarding Organisation’s may decide to visit the Centre to view the evidence provided. The Awarding Body must have a clear rationale for the method(s) deployed.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011
© Pearson Education Limited 2011
282
Monitoring The Awarding Organisation, through EV monitoring and other mechanisms must ensure: that a strategy is developed and deployed for the ongoing Awarding
Organisation monitoring of the Centre. This strategy must be based on an active risk assessment of the Centre. In particular the strategy must identify the learner, assessor and IV sampling strategy to be deployed and the rationale behind this;
that the Centre’s internal quality assurance processes are effective in candidate assessment;
that sanctions are applied to a Centre where necessary and that corrective actions are taken by the Centre and monitored by the Awarding Organisation/EV;
that reviews of Awarding Organisation’s external auditing arrangements are undertaken.
Awarding Organisations are required to provide to SEMTA, on request, details of the strategies, rationales and reviews detailed above.
Additional Notes:
It is recognised that some Awarding Organisations provide supplementary guidance and documentation to centres to support the quality of assessment and verification practice of N/SVQs.
N026808 – Specification – Edexcel Level 3 NVQ Diploma in Engineering Woodworking, Pattern and Model Making (QCF) – Issue 1 – October 2011 © Pearson Education Limited 2011
283
Annexe E: Additional requirement for qualifications that use the term ‘NVQ’ in a QCF qualification title
Please go to www.ofqual.gov.uk to access the document ‘Operating rules for using the term ‘NVQ’ in a QCF qualification title’.
5214db191011WORDPROC:LT:PD:NVQ COMPETENCE:N026808 EDEXCEL L3 NVQ DIP IN ENG WOODWORKING, PATTERN N MODEL MAKING.DOC.1-288/1
Publications Code N026808 October 2011 For more information on Edexcel and BTEC qualifications please visit our website: www.edexcel.com Pearson Education Limited. Registered in England and Wales No. 872828 Registered Office: Edinburgh Gate, Harlow, Essex CM20 2JE. VAT Reg No GB 278 537121